Physics All MCQS' in 1 PDF

STUDY ZONE
ENGINEERING PHYSICS 2020-21
Engineering Physics
Engineering Physics
Course Outcome(CO)
At the end of course, the student will be able
to understand
CO1 Understand the basics of relativistic mechanics.
CO2 Develop EM-wave equations using Maxwells equations.
CO3 Understand the concepts of quantum mechanics.
CO4 Describe the various phenomena of light and its applications in different fields.
CO5 Comprehend the concepts and application of fiber optics and LASER.
DETAILED SYLLABUS
Unit Topic
Relativistic Mechanics:
Frame of reference, Inertial & non-inertial frames, Galilean transformations, Michelson-Morley
I experiment, Postulates of special theory of relativity, Lorentz transformations, Length contraction,
Time dilation, Velocity addition theorem, Variation of mass with velocity, Einstein‟s mass energy
relation, Relativistic relation between energy and Momentum, Massless particle..
Electromagnetic Field Theory:

II Continuity equation for current density, Displacement current, Modifying equation for the curl of
magnetic field to satisfy continuity equation, Maxwell‟s equations in vacuum and in non conducting
medium, Energy in an electromagnetic field, Poynting vector and Poynting theorem, Plane
electromagnetic waves in vacuum and their transverse nature. Relation between electric and magnetic
fields of an electromagnetic wave, Energy and momentum carried by electromagnetic waves, Resultant
pressure, Skin depth.
Quantum Mechanics:
Black body radiation, Stefan‟s law, Wien‟s law, Rayleigh-Jeans law and Planck‟s law, Wave particle
III duality, Matter waves, Time-dependent and time-independent Schrodinger wave equation, Born
interpretation of wave function, Solution to stationary state Schrodinger wave equation for one-
Dimensional particle in a box, Compton effect.
Wave Optics:
Coherent sources, Interference in uniform and wedge shaped thin films, Necessity of extended sources,
IV Newton‟s Rings and its applications. Fraunhoffer diffraction at single slit and at double slit, absent
spectra, Diffraction grating, Spectra with grating, Dispersive power, Resolving power of grating,
Rayleigh‟s criterion of resolution, Resolving power of grating.
Fibre Optics & Laser:

V Fibre Optics: Introduction to fibre optics, Acceptance angle, Numerical aperture, Normalized frequency,
Classification of fibre, Attenuation and Dispersion in optical fibres.
Laser: Absorption of radiation, Spontaneous and stimulated emission of radiation, Einstein’s

coefficients, Population inversion, Various levels of Laser, Ruby Laser, He-Ne Laser, Laser
Applications.
1 University Academy
FOR IMPORTANT NOTES TOUCH TO "!! ADITYA !!"

STUDY ZONE
Engineering Physics
Solved MCQ
Content Page No.
1. Relativistic Mechanics: 3-8
2. Electromagnetic Field Theory: 9-13
3. Quantum Mechanics : 14-19
4. Wave Optics : 20-24
5. Fibre Optics & Laser: 25-31

STUDY ZONE
Unit-I
1. An inertial frame is? lv
(d)
(a) Accelerated c
(b) Deaccelerated Answer: Option (b)
(c) Moving with uniform velocity or at rest 6. In Galilean transformation ,time interval is
(d) All of these (a) Different for different Frame
Answer: Option (c) (b) Relative
2. Which of the following could be considered (c) Vector
inertial frames of reference? (d) Same in all frames
(a) A train at rest Answer: Option (d)
(b) A train travelling with a constant 7. According to the special theory of relativity,
velocity of 54 m/s physical laws are the same in frames of
(c) A train speeding up to 54 m/s reference which
(d) Both a and b (a) Move at uniform velocity
Answer: Option (d) (b) Accelerate.
3. Earth is? (c) Move in circles.
(a) An Inertial Frame (d) Move in ellipses
(b) A non-inertial Frame Answer: Option (d)
(c) Both Inertial frame and non-inertial 8. Which one is invariant under Galilean
frame Transformation?
(d) None of these (a) Acceleration
Answer: Option (b), Hint: Earth rotate along (b) Velocity
sun and also rotate along own axis. (c) Length
4. Michelson Morley experiment proved that (d) Force
(a) Earth is an Inertial Frame Answer: Option (a)
(b) Earth is a non-Inertial Frame 9. A rod moves along the length with a relativistic
(c) There is no absolute frame of reference
velocity  , then the rod
called ether in universe
(a) Extends along its length
(d) None of these
(b) Contract along its length
Answer: Option (c)
(c) Contract perpendicular to its length
5. The fringe shift (n)is Michelson Morley
(d) Contract along all direction.
Experiment
Answer: Option (b)
lv 2 10. If an object reaches the speed of light, its
(a) 2
c  length changes to___________?
2
2lv (a) Zero
(b)
c 2 (b) Infinite
(c) Double of its value
l 2v 2
(c)
2c 2  (d) Half of its value

STUDY ZONE
Answer: Option (a) Answer: Option (a)

11. How fast does a rocket have to move relative to 16. If t is time interval of event measured by
an observer for its length to be contracted in to '
moving S frame and t 0 is time interval
95% to its original length?
measured by rest frame S than time dilation
(a) 0.2c
t0
(b) 0.3c (a) t= ,
2
(c) 0.4c 1−
(d) 0.5c c2
Answer: Option (b) 2
(b) t = t0 1 − ,
12. Which transformation Equation are replaced by c2
Lorentz transformation equation which (c) t = t0 ,
confirms the postulates of Einstein special
(d) None of above
theory of relativity
Option (a)
(a) Maxwell’s
17. Time Dilation is
(b) Planck’s
(a) Real effect
(c) Newton’s
(b) Just appear
(d) Galilean
(c) Classical effect
Answer: Option (d)
(d) None of above
13. Lorentz transformation assume
Answer: Option (a)
(a) Space and time both are relative
18. A spaceship, moving away from the Earth at a
(b) Space and time both are absolute
speed of 0.9c, fires a light beam backward. An
(c) Space is absolute and time is relative
observer on the earth measured the velocity of
(d) Space is relative and time is absolute
light beam
Answer: Option (a)
(a) 0.1c
14. According to special relativity, which
(b) more than 0.1c but less than c
physical properties below are dependent on
(c) c
the observer speed
(d) More than c
(a) Length
Answer: Option (c)
(b) Time
19. The circle in rest frame appear to ellipse for
(c) Mass
frame moving relative to rest frame due to
(d) All of above
(a) Length contraction
Answer: Option (d)
(b) Time dilation
15. The Clocks in a moving reference frame
(c) Relativistic velocity addition theorem
compared to identical clocks in a stationary
(d) All of these
reference frame, appear to run?
Answer: Option (a)
(a) Slower
20. When a material particle of rest mass m0 tends
(b) Faster
to attain speed c, than the mass tends to become
(c) At the same rate.
(a) Double to its rest mass
(d) Backward in time.
(b) Infinite

STUDY ZONE
(c) Zero  m0 
(d)  − m0 c 2
(d) none of these 
 1 − / c 
2 2
Answer: Option (b)

Answer: Option (d)
21. An Observer moves with speed of c/2 towards a
stationary source of light, the speed of light 25. The rest mass of an electron is m0 .what is the
appears to the observer to be mass of electron when it is moving with

(a) c velocity 0.6c
(b) 2c (a) m0
(c) 0.5c
4
(d) 0.9c (b) m0
5
Answer: Option (a)
22. For particle having zero rest mass and 5
(c) m0
momentum p, the total energy of particle is 4
(a) Zero (d) 2m0
(b) Infinite Answer: Option (c)
(c) pc 26. The basic theorem/principle used to obtain
(d) p/c mass-energy relation is
Answer: Option (c) (a) Momentum Conservation Theorem
23. The kinetic energy of a particle is double of its (b) Heisenberg’s Uncertainty Principle
rest mass energy, than the speed of particle (c) Work-Energy Theorem
(a) c (d) Maxwell Theorem
(b) c/2 Answer: Option (c)
(c) 2c/3 27. Which of the following is Einstein’s mass
2 2 energy relation?
(d) c
E 2 = p 2 c 2 − m0 c 4
3 2
(a)
Answer: Option (d)
E k = p 2 c 2 − m0 c 4
2 2
(b)
24. The relativistic Kinetic energy of a particle rest
mass m0 moving with speed  is (c) E = mc 2
1 (d) Ek = mc 2
(a) m0 2
2 Answer: Option (c)
1 28. Which of the following is the momentum-
m0 2
(b) 2 energy relation?
1 − 2 / c 2 (a) E 2 = p 2 c 2 − m0 c 4
2
1
m0 c 2 E = p 2 c 2 − m0 c 2
2
(b)
(c) 2
1 − 2 / c 2 (c) E = p 2 c 2 − m0 c 3
2
(d) E = p c − m0 c

STUDY ZONE
Answer: Option (a) (c) 5.12 105 eV , 2.99 10 −22 Kg m / sec
29. In relativistic case, the velocity of the particle
(d) 5.12 10 4 eV , 2.99 10 −23 Kg m / sec
approaches the speed of light, the Kinetic
Answer: Option (b) hint K=
energy approaches?
(a) Rest Energy K = mc 2 − m0 c 2 , p = m
(b) Zero 34. A man weight 50 Kg on the earth. When he is
(c) Infinite in rocket ship in flight his mass is 50.5Kg as
(d) None of above measured by an observer on earth .What is the
Answer: Option (c) speed of rocket?
30. What will be the rest energy of an electron? (a) 4.23 107 m / sec
(a) 0.31 MeV
(b) 4.23 108 m / sec
(b) 0.41 MeV
(c) 4.23 106 m / sec
(c) 0.51 MeV
(d) 4.23 105 m / sec
(d) 0.61 MeV
Answer: Option (c) Answer: Option (a) hint m =
m0
,
31. If a star radiates energy at the rate of 2
1−
5 1020 Js −1 what is the rate at which the c2
mass is decrease is? 35. If 1 meter rod are moving with a speed 0.75c
along X-axis with respect to stationary observer
(a) 4.54 103 Kg
what is the length of rod observed by stationary
(b) 5.54 103 Kg observer
(c) 6.54 103 Kg (a) 1.2 m

(b) 0.66m
(d) 7.54 103 Kg
(c) 0.93 m
Answer: Option (a) (d) 1.1m
32. The momentum of a photon having energy
2
−17 Answer: Option (b) hint L = L0 1 − ,
10 J is c2
(a) 1.1110−26 Kgms −1 36. Calculate the percentage contraction of rod
−26 moving with a velocity 0.8c in a direction
(b) 2.22  10 Kgms −1
inclined at 60 degree to its own length
(c) 3.33 10−26 Kgms −1 (a) 29%
−26 −1
(d) 4.44  10 Kgms (b) 39%
(c) 49%
Answer: Option (c)
(d) 9%
33. The mass of moving electron 11 times its rest
Answer: Option (d)
mass, what is kinetic energy and momentum of
37. At what speed should a clock moved so that it
electron respectively
may appear to lose 1 minute in each hour
(a) 5.12 107 eV , 2.99 10 −20 Kg m / sec
(a) 5.4 107 m / sec
(b) 5.12 106 eV , 2.99 10 −21 Kg m / sec

STUDY ZONE
(b) 5.4 106 m / sec 41. Einstein's two postulates of the special theory of
relativity?
(c) 5.4 105 m / sec
(a) All laws of physics are the same in every
(d) 5.4 108 m / sec
inertial frame and velocity of light is same for
all observers
T0
Answer: Option (a) Hint T= (b) All laws of physics are the same in every
2
1− non -inertial frame and velocity of light is
c2
different for all observers
(c) All laws of physics are the not same in
38. If the velocity of particle is u in S frame and
every inertial frame and velocity of light is not
u ' in S ' relativistic velocity addition theorem same for all observers
can be written as (d) None of the above
u +v '
Answer: Option (a)
(a) u=
u ' 42. If m0 is the rest mass of body, the relativistic
1+ 2
c
momentum is defined as
u −v'
p = m0 v
(b) u= (a)
u '
1− 2 m0
c (b) p= 1/ 2
 2 
(c) u =u +v '
1 − 2 
 c 
(d) u = u' − v
m0
Answer: Option (a) (c) p= −1 / 2
 2 
39. Two particles come towards each other with 1 − 2 
speed 0.8c with respect to Laboratory frame  c 
.What is their relative speed (d) None of the Above
(a) 0.97c Answer: Option (b)
(b) 0.90 c 43. The relativistic Newton’s law is defined as
(c) 0.95c −3 / 2
d   2 
F = m0 1 − 
dt  c 2 
(d) 0.8 c (a)
Answer: Option (a)
3/ 2
40. Amount by time interval is greater than the d   2 
F = m0 1 − 
dt  c 2 
(b)
proper time interval for measuring the time of
event.
d
(a) Time dilation (c) F = m0
dt
(b) Time interval
(d) None of the Above
(c) Time parameter
Answer: Option (a)
(d) All of above
44. Lorentz transformations x 2 + y 2 + z 2 = c 2t 2
Answer: Option (a)
Is
(a) Invariant

STUDY ZONE
(b) Not Invariant (b) 8.89 10 −27 Kg

(c) Relative
(c) 8.89 10 −28 Kg
(d) None of these
Answer: Option (a) (d) 8.89 10 −29 Kg
45. Michelson Morley experiment conclusively Answer: Option (c) Hint m = K .E / c 2
establishes that there is no ................ frame but
Where m = m − m0
all frames are.....................
50. Which process is the example of mass energy
(a) Absolute, Relative
equivalence
(b) Relative, Absolute
(a) Pair production
(c) Both a and b
(b) Pair annihilation
(d) None of these
(c) Nuclear fission and nuclear fusion
Answer: Option (a)
(d) All of these
46. Rest mass of photon
(a) infinite
(b) zero
(c) finite
(d) none of these
Answer: Option (b)
47. Two photons approaching each other in vacuum
and relative speed will
(a) c
(b) zero
(c) 2c
(d) c/2
Answer: Option (a)
48. Relativistic Mass (m) will be calculated as
m0
(a) m=
2
1−
c2
2
(b) m = m0 / 1 −
c2
(c) m = m0
(d) None of these
Answer: Option (a)
49. How much does a proton gain in mass when
accelerated to a kinetic energy of 500MeV.
(a) 8.89 10 −26 Kg

STUDY ZONE
Unit-II
1. Maxwell’s Equations describe the integration Answer: Option (d)
of which two fundamental forces? 6. The charge build up in the capacitor is due to
(a) Electricity and Magnetism which quantity
(b) Electricity and the Weak Nuclear force (a) Conduction current
(c) Magnetism and the Weak Nuclear force (b) Displacement current
(d) Electricity and the Strong Nuclear forced (c) Direct current
Answer: Option (a) (d) Convection current
2. "The total electric flux through any closed Answer: Option (b)
surface surrounding charges is equal to the 7. The electromagnetic wave is
amount of charge enclosed”. The above (a) Transverse in nature
statement is associated with (b) Longitudinal in nature
(a) Coulomb's square law (c) Acoustic in nature
(b) Gauss's law (d) None of thease
(c) Lenz’s Law Answer: Option (a)
(d) Faraday’s Law 8. In an Electromagnetic wave the direction of
Answer: Option (b) magnetic field induction B is
3. If Magnetic monopole existed, then which of (a) Parallel to Electric field
following Maxwell’s equation will be modified (b) Perpendicular to electric field

(a) div D =  (c) anti parallel to Poynting vector
 (d) none of these
(b) div B = 0
 Answer: Option (b)

(c) curl E = − B 9. The amplitudes of electric and magnetic fields
t
 are related to each other by the relation
  D
(d) curl H = J − (a) E0 B0 = c
t
Answer: Option (b) (b) B0 = E0 c
4. Displacement current arise due to
(c) E 0 = B0 c
(a) Static electric field
(d) E0 B0 = c
2
(b) Time varying electric field
(c) Positive charges only Answer: Option (c)
(d) Negative charge only 10. Which Conduction current through a wire is
Answer: Option (b) __________ displacement current in capacitor?
5. The law which states that the variation of (a) double as
electric field cause magnetic field is :- (b) Same as
(a) Faraday’s Law (c) Twice of
(b) Lenz’s Law (d) All of these
(c) Biot Savart’s Law Answer: Option (b)
(d) Modified Ampere’s law

STUDY ZONE

11. Determine the conduction current and   2H
(c)   E = E −  2
displacement current densities in a material  t
having conductivity of 10−3 mho / m relative 
 2E
permittivity is 2.45.The electric field is (d)   H =  2
 t
4 10−6 sin(9 10−9 t ) volt / m Answer: Option (a)
−6 −9
4  10 sin(9  10 t ) A / m , 14. Maxwell’s equations in __________ form give
(a)
4  10 −6 cos(9  10 −9 t ) A / m information at points of discontinuity in
electromagnetic fields.
4  10 −9 sin(9  10 −9 t ) A / m , (a) Integral
(b)
4  10 −9 cos(9  10 −9 t ) A / m (b) Differential
4 10 −6 cos(9 10 −9 t ) A / m , (c) Algebraic

(c) (d) None of these
4 10 −6 sin(9 10 −9 t ) A / m
Answer: Option (b)
4 10 −9 cos(9 10 −9 t ) A / m , 15. Maxwell’s equations give the relations
(d)
−9 −9
4 10 sin(9 10 t ) A / m between__________.__
Answer: Option (b) hint : (a) Different sources

   E (b) Different fields
J C = E , J D =  0 r (c) Different boundary conditions
t
(d) None of these
12. The Maxwell’s third equation in differential
Answer: Option (b)
form is written as
 16. Electromagnetic wave equation in free space in
 B
(a)  E = term of electric field is
t 
  2E
 B (a)  E = −  0 0 2
2
(b)   E = −  t
t 
  2E
 H (b)  E =  0 0 2
2
(c)   E =  t
t 
  1 2E
 H (c)  E=
2
(d)   E = −  0 0  2 t
t 
 1 2E
Answer: Option (b) (d)  E=−
2
13. Maxwell’s fourth equation in medium of  0 0  2 t

permittivity  and permeability  is written as Answer: Option (d)

  2E
17. The velocity of Electromagnetic wave in free
(a)   H = E −  2 space is equal to
 t
 1
  2E (a) c =
(b)   B = E −  2  0 0
 t
(b) c =  0 0

STUDY ZONE
(c) c = 0 /  0 22. The direction of electromagnetic wave is given

by
(d) None of these  
Answer: Option (a) (a) E. B
 
18. When the medium of electromagnetic waves (b) EB
changes from air to water, their speed is 
(a) Increases
(c) E

(b) Decreases (d) B
(c) Remaining same Answer: Option (b) direction of propagation of
(d) May increases and decreases EM wave is perpendicular to the E and B
Answer: Option (b) 23. The electromagnetic wave travels along z-axis
19. Wave impedance for electromagnetic wave in .Which is following pair of space and time
free space is varying field would generate such a wave
(a) 176.6  (a) Ex , By

(b) 276.6  (b) E y , Bx
(c) 376.6  (c) E y , Bz
(d) 476.6 
(d) Ez , By
Answer: Option (c)
Answer: Option (a)
20. The relation between electric field E and
24. In an electromagnetic wave the phase difference
magnetic field H is
between electric and magnetic field E and B is
1
(a) E= H (a) 0
 0 0
(b) π
0 π/2
(b) E= H (c)
0
(d) π/4
 Answer: Option (a)
(c) E= 0H
0 25. Electromagnetic wave
(d) E =  0 0 H (a) Transfer energy
(b) Can not transfer energy
Answer: Option (b)
(c) May transfer energy
21. The electromagnetic wave is propagating in a
(d) None of these
medium with permittivity ε is and permeability
Answer: Option (a)
μ ,the quantity  /  is 
26. Conduction current density ( J C )and
(a) Refractive index of medium

(b) Intrinsic impedance of medium displacement current density ( J D ) is written as

(c) Energy density of medium    E
(d) Velocity of electromagnetic wave (a) J C = E , J D = 
t
Answer: Option (b)

STUDY ZONE

 E   (d) 1.89 V/m
(b) J C =  , J D = E
t Answer: Option (b) hint E = P (4 0 cr )
2

   E 31. If the magnitude of H in plane wave is 1
(c) J C = E , J D =
t ampere/meter. Calculate the magnitude of E for
 plane wave in free space
   E
(d) J C = E , J D = (a) 366 V/m
t
(b) 376 V/m
Answer: Option (a) static electric field and
(c) 386 V/m
varying electric field produce curret
(d) 396 V/m
27. Poynting vector(S) represents
(a) The energy transfer per unit area per unit Answer: Option (a) hint E = H 0 /  0
time of an electromagnetic field 32. Paraffin has relative permittivity (  r ) is 2.1.
(b) The momentum transfer per unit area per
Find the refractive index and the speed of wave
unit time of an electromagnetic field
in paraffin?
(c) The pressure transfer per unit area per unit
time of an electromagnetic field
(a) 1.55, 2.1106 m/ s
(d) none of theses (b) 1.45, 2.0 106 m/ s
Answer: Option (c)
(c) 1.35, 2.0 105 m/ s
28. Poynting vector(S) is expressed as
   (d) 1.25, 2.1105 m/ s
(a) S = EH
   Answer: Option (b) hint:  =  r , v = c /  ,
(b) S = EB
   33. Poynting's theorem is a statement of
(c) S = EK
   (a) Conservation of momentum for the
(d) S = B K electromagnetic field
Answer: Option (a) (b) Conservation of energy for the
29. Unit of Poynting vector is? electromagnetic field,
(a) watt (c) Conservation of energy and momentum
(b) watt for the electromagnetic field
m
(d) None of these
(c) watt
m2 Answer: Option (b)
watt 34. The energy transported by the electromagnetic

(d)
sec fields per unit time per unit area is called
Answer: Option (c) (a) Electro-magnetic energy
30. Sodium Lamp is radiating power 50 W. The (b) Flux density
mean root square value of electric field strength (c) Poynting Energy
at a distance? (d) Poynting vector
(a) 12.9 V/m Answer: Option (d)
(b) 1.29 V/m 35. Poynting theorem in mathematical form is
(c) 18.9 V/m written as

STUDY ZONE
(a) (  H )dS = − J .EdV −   1E 2 + 1 H 2 dV 40. In an electromagnetic wave, the electric field of
 s
V
 
t  V 2 
V 2  amplitude 4 V/m is oscillating. The Energy
density of the wave is
(b) (E  H )dS = − J .EdV −   1E 2 + 1 H 2 dV
  
t  V 2  
s V V
2  (a) 1.3110−10 J / m3
(c) (  H )dS = − J .EdV −   1E 2 + 1 H 2 dV

     (b) 1.4110−10 J / m3
s V t  V 2 V 2 
(d) None of above (c) 1.2110−10 J / m3
Answer: Option (b) (d) 1.1110−10 J / m3
2
36. The Earth receives 2cal / min/ cm .What is the
Answer: Option (b) hint: Energy density = ε
value of H E2
(a) 1.98 A/m 41. The magnitude of average value of Poynting
(b) 2.98 A/m vector S at a point is called as:-
(c) 3.98 A/m (a) Frequency of radiation
(d) 4.98 A/m (b) Intensity of radiation
Answer: Option (a) hint: E/H=376 ohm, (c) Amplitude of radiation
2 (d) Momentum flow
S =EH= 2 cal/min/cm ,
37. The ratio of electrostatic energy and magnetic Answer: Option (b)
energy density of an electromagnetic wave in 42. The radiation pressure is given by __________
free space is (a) S
(a) unity (b) S avg
(b) two
(c) S
(c) three c
(d) None of these
(d) S avg
Answer: Option (a) c
38. The high frequency current flow Answer: Option (d)

(a) Inside the conductor 43. The skin effect is a phenomenon observed in
(b) At the Surface of conductor (a) Conductors
(c) Both a and b (b) Semi conductors
(d) None of above (c) Insulators
Answer: Option (b) (d) Dielectric
39. Skin depth/ Penetration depth is the depth at Answer: Option (a)
which amplitude of electromagnetic wave 44. The attenuation coefficient (  ) is 0.5 units.
damped to-----------times of its initial value. The skin depth  will be
(a) e (a) 0.5
(b) 1/e (b) 1
(c) 1/2e (c) 2
(d) 2e (d) 1.5
Answer: Option (b)
Answer: Option (c) hint  = 1/ 

STUDY ZONE
45. The skin depth of the wave having a frequency 

(a) div J = −
of 3MHz and a velocity of 12 m/s is t
(a) 2 
(b) div J = +
(b) 3 t
(c) 4
(c) div J = 0
(d) 6
(d) None of above
Answer: Option (c) hint  = f
Answer: Option (a)
46. What is the cause of skin effect?
50. If J is current density and  is volume charge
(a) Supply frequency.
density than Equation of continuity for static
(b) Self inductance of conductor.
field written as
(c) High sensitive of material

(d) Both (a), (b) (a) div J = −
Answer: Option (d)
t

47. Find the skin depth for silver at frequency (b) div J = +
1MHz. Conductivity (  )of silver is 107 S/m. t
Take silver to be non magnetic (c) div J = 0
(a)  = 1.59 10−4 m (d) None of above

Answer: Option (c)
(b)  = 1.59 10−3 m
51. A radio station transmits a 10-kW signal at
(c)  = 1.59 10 m −2
frequency of 100 MHz. For simplicity, assume
(d)  = 1.59 10 m −1
that it radiates at a point source. At a distance of
2
Answer: Option (a) Hint = 1 km from the (point source) antenna, what will

be the amplitudes of the electric and magnetic
48. Equation of continuity is field strengths
(a)Total current flowing out of volume must be (a) Bmax = 2.58  10 −6 T , E max = 0.60V / m
equal to the rate of decrease of charge within
(b) Bmax = 2.58  10 −9 T , E max = 0.77V / m
that volume
(b) Total charge flowing out of volume must be (c) Bmax = 2.58  10 −7 T , E max = 0.79V / m
equal to the rate of decrease of current within
(d) Bmax = 2.58  10 −5 T , E max = 0.77V / m
that volume
(c) Total electric field flowing out of volume Answer: Option (b)
must be equal to the rate of decrease of charge Hint : Emax = c Bmax ,
within that volume 2 0 S

Bmax = , where S = power / area
(d) All the Above c
Answer: Option (a)
49. If J is current density and  is volume charge
density than Equation of continuity for varying
field written as

STUDY ZONE
Unit-III
1. The following statement "every moving matter 6. If a charged particle of mass m is accelerated
has a associated wave” given by through a potential difference of V volts, the de-
(a) Planck’s Broglie wavelength is given by
(b) de-Broglie h
a)
(c) Stefan’s mqV
(d) Newton’s
h
Answer: Option (b) b)
2mqV
2. The De-Broglie hypothesis is associated with is
(a) Wave nature of electrons only 2h
c)
(b) Wave nature of α-particle only mqV
(c) Wave nature of radiation qV
d)
(d) Wave nature of all material particles 2m
Answer: Option (d)
Answer: Option (b)
3. The De-Broglie wavelength of an electron in
7. A material particle with a rest mass m0 is
the first Bohr orbit is
(a)Equal to one-fourth the circumference of first moving with speed of light  . the de-Broglie
orbit wavelength associated with the material particle
(b) Equal to twice the circumference of first would have been
orbit h
a)
(c) Equal to half the circumference of first orbit m0
(d) Equal to the circumference of first orbit m0
b)
Answer: Option (d) h
4. The velocity of Matter wave is c) 0
(a) Greater than velocity of electromagnetic d) ∞.
wave Answer: Option (a)
(b)Less than velocity of electromagnetic wave 8. The wavelength associated with material
(c) Equal to velocity of electromagnetic wave particle of momentum p is
(d) none of above
h
Answer: Option (b) (a) =
p
5. The wavelength associated with the non-
p
relativistic electron having kinetic energy(E) is (b) =
h
(a) E1 / 2
2h
(b) E (c) =
p
(c) E −1/ 2 h
−2 (d) =
(d) E 2p
Answer: Option (c) Answer: Option (a)

STUDY ZONE
9. The de-Broglie wavelength associated with an 12. The time dependent Schrödinger wave equation
electron accelerated through a potential is .....
difference of V volt is ?
150 0  −  2  2
(a) =  a) i = + V ( x)
V t 2m x 2
V 0  2 −  2  2
(b) =  b) i = + V ( x) ( x, t )
150 t 2 2m x 2
 −  2 
=
12.28 0
 c) i = + V ( x) ( x, t )
(c)
V t 2m x
 −  2  
V d) i = − V ( x) ( x, t )
(d)  = 0 t 2m x
12.28
Answer: Option (a)
Answer: Option (a)
10. A tiny particle of mass 10−13 kg is moving with 13. The function representing matter waves
velocity of 10 m/s, The associated wavelength must be
is a) Complex
b) Real
a) 6.62 10−20 cm
c) Zero
b) 6.62 10−20 m d) infinity
−34
c) 6.62 10 m Answer: Option (a)
d) 6.62 10−13 m
14. The square of the magnitude of the wave
Answer: Option (b)
function is called_________
11. The time independent Schrödinger wave a) Current density
equation is b) Volume density

c) Probability density
d 2 ( x) 2 2 m( E − V )
a) +  ( x) = 0 (d) None of these
dx 2 h2
Answer: Option (c)
d 2 ( x) 8 2 m( E − V )
b) +  ( x) = 0 15. The operator ∇2 is called _______ operator
dx 2 h2 a) Laplacian
d  ( x) 4 m( E − V )
2 2
b) Hamiltonian
c) +  ( x) = 0
dx 2 h2 c) Poisson
d 2 ( x) 6 2 m( E − V ) d) Vector
d) +  ( x) = 0
dx 2 h2 Answer: Option (a)
Answer: Option (b)
16. According to wave mechanics, a free particle (b) Continues energies

in infinite potential box can possesses (c) Only one single value
(a) Discrete energies (d) None of these

STUDY ZONE
Answer: Option (a) (d) Infinity

17. The quantised energy of a particle of mass m Answer: Option (a)
in infinite one dimensional box of length L is 21. Compton effect in X-ray supports
2
n h 2 (a) Wave nature of X-ray
(a)
2mL2 (b) Particle nature of X-ray
(c) X-ray is charged particle
n2h2
(b) (d) X-ray is neutral wave
8mL2
Answer: Option (b)
n 2 2 h 2 22. The wavelength of X-ray is order of
(c)
2mL2
(a) 10
2 2
n h (b) 1m
(d)
8 2 mL2
(c) 1cm
Answer: Option (d)
(d) 1m
18. The wave function (Ψ) of free particle in Answer: Option (a)
infinite one dimensional box of length L is 23. Compton Shift in Wavelength is
2 nx  =
h
(1 − cos )
(a) = sin (a)
L L 2m0 c
1 nx  =
h
(1 − cos )
(b) = sin (b)
m0 c
L L
nx 2h
(c) =
L
sin (c)  = (1 − cos )
2 L m0 c
h
L nx (d)  = (1 + cos )
(d) = sin m0 c
2 L
Answer: Option (a) Answer: Option (b)
19. The wave function(Ψ) of matter wave should 24. The maximum Compton shift observed is
satisfy the following condition (a) 0.024 A0

(a) Ψ should be normalized (b) 1A0
(b) Ψ should be single valued
(c) 0.05 A0
(c) Ψ and its first derivative should be
continuous
(d) 5000A0
(d) All of these Answer: Option (c)
Answer: Option (d) 25. Compton effect cannot take place with
20. The total probability of finding the particle in (a) X-ray.
space must be (b) Visible ray.
(a) Unity (c)  -ray

(b) Zero (d) X-ray and  -ray
(c) Double

STUDY ZONE
Answer: Option (b) (d) 0.124 m

26. The kinetic energy of recoil electron in Answer: Option (a)
Compton shift of frequency of incident 30. Find the de-Broglie wavelength of a golf ball
'
radiation is v and that of scattered radiation v of 50 gm mass travelling with a velocity of
is 1000 m/sec.
(a) hv − hv ' a) λ = 1.32510−34 m
(b) 1 − v '
b) λ = 1.32510−35 m
v
'
c) λ = 1.32510−31 m
(c) 1− v
v d) λ = 1.32510−30 m
(d) From zero to hv Answer: Option (b)
Answer: Option (a) 31. Calculate the de-Broglie wavelength of an
27. Compton shift is depend upon 3
electron moving with velocity c
(a) Frequency of incident radiation 5
(b) Amplitude of scattered radiation
a) 0.331 Ao
(c) Angle of scattering
(d) Nature of scatterer material
b) 0.0331 Ao
c) 3.31 Ao
Answer: Option (c)
d) 331 Ao
28. In Compton effect the direction of recoil Answer: Option (b)
electron is 32. Find the energy of an electron moving in one
 sin  dimension in an infinite high potential box of
(a) tan =
 −  cos
'
width 1A0 (mass of the electron is 9.11 x 10-31
 cos kg and h=6.63 x 10-34 J-s).

(b) tan =
 −  sin 
' (a) 36.69 eV
(b) 37.69 eV
' cos
(c) tan =
' −  sin  (c) 38.69 eV
(d) 39.69 eV
' sin 
(d) tan =
' −  cos Answer: Option (b) hint E=
h2
Answer: Option (a) 8mL2
29. When X-ray of energy 100 KeV strikes a 33. A particle is moving in one dimensional
target, they are scattered at an angle 30 degree. potential box (of infinite height) of width
Find the wavelength of X-ray photon 25A0 . Calculate the probability of finding the
(a) 0.124 A0 particle within an interval of 5A0 at the centre
(b) 0.124 nm of the box when it is in its state of least energy.
(c) 0.124 cm a) 0.1

b) 0.3

STUDY ZONE
c) 0.4 (d) None of above

d) 0.2 Answer: Option (b)
Answer: Option (c) hint P= P = ψ(x ) dx and

2 38. Wien’s energy distribution Law explain the
Black body spectrum on
2 πx
ψ(x) =   sin (a) Lower Wavelength
L L
34. An electron is bound in one dimensional box (b) Higher wavelength
−10 (c) Whole spectrum
which has width 2.5 10 m . Assuming the
(d) None of above
height of the box to be infinite, calculate the
Answer: Option (b)
lowest two permitted energy values of the
39. As the wavelength of the radiation decreases,
electron
the intensity of the black body radiations
a) 6.04 eV , 24.16 eV
a) Increases
b) 5.04 eV , 25.16 eV b) Decreases
c) 4.04 eV , 20.16 eV c) First increases then decrease
d) 3.04 eV , 23.16 eV d) First decreases then increases

Answer: Option (c)
Answer: Option (a) hint
n 2h 2 40. Wien’s displacement Law for black body is
E= or E= 6.04 n 2 eV for n=1,n=2
8mL2 (where m is peak wavelength (at
35. A black body is defined as Temperature T)
a) A perfect absorber and perfect emitter of (a) mT = cons tan t

radiation. m
b) Partially absorber and Partially emitter of
(b) = cons tan t
T
radiation.
T
(c) = cons tan t
c) Both (a) and (b).
m
d) None of the above
(d) None of above
Answer: Option (a)
Answer: Option (a)
36. The radiation emitted by hot bodies are 41. Stefan’s Law states that the total power
a) black body radiations radiated by an perfect blackbody is
b) X-ray proportional to
c) Visible light (a) T
d) Gamma radiation.
(b) T2
Answer: Option (a)
(c) T3
37. Rayleigh Jeans explain the Black body (d) T4
spectrum on Answer: Option (d)
(a) Lower Wavelength 42. Planck’s radiation Law for black body
(b) Higher wavelength spectrum
(c) Whole spectrum

STUDY ZONE
8hc (a) They produce the waves of same wavelength

(a) E d = d
 (e hc / T − 1)
4
(b) They produce the waves of same amplitude
(c) They produce the waves having initial
8hc
(b) E d = d constant phase difference
 (e hc / T − 1)
5
(d)They produce the waves of same wavelength

8h
(c) E d = d and amplitudes
5 (e hc / T − 1)
Answer: Option (c)
8h
(d) E d = d
4 (e hc / T − 1)
Answer: Option (b)

43. Absorptivity of a body will be equal to its
emissivity __
(a) At all temperatures
(b) At particular temperatures
(c) At critical temperature
(d) When system is under thermal equilibrium
Answer: Option (d)
44. Planck’s law holds good for
(a) Black Body
(b) Polished body
(c) All coloured body
(d) All of these
Answer: Option (a)
45. Stefan Boltzmann law is applicable for heat
transfer by
(a) Conduction
(b) Convection
(c) Radiation
(d) All of above
Answer: Option (c)
46. Which one of the following does not support
the wave nature of light
(a) Photoelectric effect
(b) Interference
(c) Polarisation
(d) Diffraction
Answer: Option (a)
47. Two sources of light are said to be coherent if

STUDY ZONE
Unit-IV
1. Which is following are coherent sources (c) Diffraction
(a) A 100 W and 60 W bulbs (d) Polarisation
(b) Two bulb of each 60 W Answer: Option (b)
(c) Two virtual sources produce in thin film 7. On a rainy day, small oil films on water show
interference brilliant colours’. This is due to
(d) None of these (a) Interference
Answer: Option (c) (b) Dispersion
2. The virtual coherent sources are produced by (c) Diffraction
(a) Division of amplitude (d) Polarisation
(b) Division of wave front Answer: Option (a)
(c) both (a) and (b) 8. A Film is said to be thin if its thickness
(d) None of these is______
Answer: Option (c) (a) Oder of micrometer
3. The phenomenon in which two or more waves (b) Oder of nanometre
superpose to form a resultant wave of greater, (c) Oder of Pico meter
lower or the same amplitude is? (d) Very much smaller than wavelength of
(a) Interference light
(b) Diffraction Answer: Option (a)
(c) Polarization 9. Interference occurs in?
(d) None of these (a) Longitudinal waves only
Answer: Option (a) (b) Transverse waves only
4. Constructive interference happens when two (c) Electromagnetic waves only
waves are (d) All above
(a) In phase Answer: Option (d)
(b) Out of phase 10. In double slit experiment is carried out in air
(c) Zero amplitude and entire arrangement is dipped in water the
(d) None of these fringe width of system?
Answer: Option (a) (a) Increases
5. For destructive interference the path difference (b) Decreases
between two ray is (c) Fringe pattern disappears
(a) Even number of half wavelength (d) Remain unchanged
(b) Odd number of half wavelength Answer: Option (b)
(c) Whole number of wavelength 11. Why Newton's rings are circular-
(d) None of these (a) The locus of points of equal thickness of
Answer: Option (b) film is a square
6. Colours in thin films are because of (b) The locus of points of equal thickness of
(a) Dispersion film is a spherical
(b) Interference

STUDY ZONE
(c) The locus of points of equal thickness of  

(b) (2n) , (2n − 1)
film is a elliptical 2 2
(d) The locus of points of equal thickness of (c) (2n), (2n −1)
film is a circle
(d) None of these
Answer: Option (d)
Answer: Option (b)
12. The pattern of fringes using white light in
Newton’s ring experiment is :
16. The fringe width in wedge shape thin film with
(a) Colours fringes around bright centre
wedge angle  and refractive index  is
(b) Colours fringes around dark centre

(c) Uniform illumination around dark centre (a) =
(d) Uniform illumination around bright centre 4 
Answer: Option (b) 2
(b) =
13. A thin sheet of refractive index (  ) 1.5 and 
thickness 1 cm is placed in the path of light. 4
(c) =
What is the path difference observed? 
(a) 0.001 m 
(d) =
(b) 0.002 m 2 
(c) 0.004 m
Answer: Option (d)
(d) 0.005 m
17. The thickness of soap bubble film (  =1.46) in
Answer: Option (d), Hint: path difference
constructive interference in reflected light with
offered by thin film is ( − 1)t
wavelength  = 4000 A0 at normal incidence is
14. The path difference 2t cos r bright and
(a) 1027 .4 A 0
dark band in interference in thin film( reflected
case) is
(b) 927 .4 A0
  (c) 1127 .4 A 0
(a) (2n − 1) , (2n)
2 2 (d) 1327 .4 A 0
  Answer: Option (a) hint:
(b) (2n) , (2n − 1)
2 2 
2t cos r = (2n − 1) , where n = 0, r = 0
(c) (2n), (2n −1) 2
(d) None of these
Answer: Option (a)
15. The path difference 2t cos r for bright and 18. The thickness of thinnest film (  =1.4) in
dark band in interference in thin film which interference of violet light  = 4000A0
(transmitted case) is can take place at refection at normal incidence
  is
(a) (2n − 1) , (2n)
2 2 (a) 614A0
(b) 714A0

STUDY ZONE
(c) 814A0 (c) 2n 2

(d) 914A0 (d) 2n + 1
Answer: Option (b) hint:
Answer: Option (a)

2t cos r = (2n − 1) , where n = 0, r = 0 23. Application of Newton’s ring experiment is
2 (a) Determination of wavelength of source
(b) Determination of refractive index of
19. If the air film is replaced with water in the
medium
Newton’s ring experiment , the diameter of ring
(c) Determination optical flatness
is
(d) All of above
(a) Contracted
Answer: Option (d)
(b) Expand
24. What do The diameter of dark rings in reflected
(c) no change in diameter
light of Newton’s ring arrangement is
(d) None of the above
proportional to
Answer: Option (a)
20. Light of wavelength 6000 A 0 falls normally on
(a) n
a thin wedge shaped thin film of refractive (b) n2

index 1.4 forming fringes that are 2.0 mm apart (c) 2n 2
.Find the angle of wedge in degree
(d) 2n + 1
(a) 0.0051 0
Answer: Option (a)
(b) 0.0061 0 25. In Newton’s ring experiment the diameter of
0 10th dark ring is 0.433 cm. Find the wave
(c) 0.0071
length of incident light, if the radius of
(d) 0.0081 0
curvature of the lens is 0.70m
Answer: Option (b) hint
 (a) 6695  0
=
2  (b) 669 .5  0
21. For Transmitted light, the central ring in
(c) 66 .95  0
Newton’s ring is–
(a) Dark (d) 6.695  0
(b) Bright Answer: Option (a)
(c) Bright and dark 26. Calculate the thickness of thin film of air where
(d) Coloured 7.4 fringes are seen using the light of
Answer: Option (b) wavelength 5900 Å.
22. What do The diameter of dark rings in reflected
(a) 0.218310−5 cm
light of Newton’s ring arrangement is
(b) 2.18310−5 cm
proportional to
(c) 21.8310−5 cm
(a) n
(d) 218.3 10−5 cm
(b) n2

STUDY ZONE
Answer: Option (a) Answer: Option (a)

27. What is the wavelength of light in Newton ring 31. In the Fraunhofer type diffraction is observed?
th
experiment, when the diameter of 15 bright (a) The source and screen are at infinite
ring is 1.16 cm .The radius curvature of plano- distance from the slit
convex lens is 400 cm (b) The source and screen are at finite
−8
(a) 5890 10 cm distance from the slit
(c) The source is at infinite and screens is at
(b) 5896 10−8 cm
finite distance
(c) 5429 10−8 cm (d) The source is at finite and screen is at
−8
(d) 5029 10 cm infinite distance
Answer: Option (c) hint: Answer: Option (a)
32. In the Fresnal type diffraction is observed?
Dn2
= (a) The source and screen are at infinite
2(2n − 1) R
distance from the slit
28. What is the refractive index of liqid placed
(b) The source and screen are at finite
between plano-convex lens and glass plate of
distance from the slit
Newten ring experiment, when the diameter of
(c) The source is at infinite and screens is at
6th bright ring is 3.1 mm .The radius curvature
finite distance
of plano convex lens is 100 cm
(d) The source is at finite and screen is at
(a) 1.30
infinite distance
(b) 1.37
Answer: Option (b)
(c) 1.40
33. In the Fraunhofer single slit diffraction the light
(d) 1.47
wave front incident on the slit is___
Answer: Option (b) Hint:
(a) Plane
2(2n − 1) R
= (b) Spherical
Dn2
(c) Cylindrical
29. The bending of light rays around the corners of (d) Elliptical
an obstacle is called? Answer: Option (a)
(a) Dispersion 34. In diffraction of white light, which colour show
(b) Interference maximum diffraction
(c) Diffraction (a) Violet
(d) Polarisation (b) Blue
Answer: Option (c) (c) Green
30. In a diffraction experiment , the size of (d) Red
obstacle in paths of light should be of order of Answer: Option (d)
(a) wavelength of light 35. In single slit diffraction central maxima is
(b) More than wavelength of light (a)Narrow, brighter and alternate minima and
(c) Less than wavelength of light maxima with equal intensity
(d) None of these

STUDY ZONE
(b)Broad, brighter and alternate minima and (a) (a + b) sin  = n

maxima with equal intensity
(b) N (a + b) sin  = n
(c)Narrow, brighter and alternate minima and
maxima with decreasing intensity.
(c) n(a + b) sin  = N
(d)Broad, brighter and alternate minima and (d) None of these
maxima with decreasing intensity. Answer: Option (b)
Answer: Option (d) 40. Rayleigh’s criterion for resolution of two
36. In single slit diffraction, if red light is replaced nearby wavelength is
with X-ray then? (a) Minima of one wavelength coincide with
(a) More number of fringes is obtained maxima of other wavelength
(b) Less number of fringes is obtained (b) Minima of one wavelength coincide with
(c) No diffraction pattern is obtained minima of other wavelength
(d) None of above (c) Maxima of one wavelength coincide with
Answer: Option (c) maxima of other wavelength
37. In the double slit experiment the resultant (d) All of above.
intensity is Answer: Option (a)
sin  2 41. What information is given by resolving power
(a) 4A 2 cos 2 
 2
of grating –
(a) Resolving power gives an idea of angular
A2 sin 2 
(b) cos2  separation between lines of spectrum.
2
(b) Resolving power gives an idea about the
(c) A2 2 sin 2  cos2 
angular separation and degree of closeness of
(d) 4A  sin  cos 
2 2 2 2
spectral lines.
Answer: Option (a) factor responsible for (c) Resolving power gives an idea of angular
closeness between lines of spectrum.
sin 2 
diffraction is and factor responsible
2 (d) All of above
Answer: Option (b)
for interference between two slit is due to
cos 2 
42. If N is total number ruling on the grating, n is
38. If a and b are transparencies and opacities in a
order of spectrum and λ is the wavelength of
diffraction grating the condition of maxima is
light used ,than resolving power(λ/dλ) in the
(a) (a + b) sin  = n first order
(b) N (a + b) sin  = n (a) nλ
(b) n/λ
(c) n(a + b) sin  = N
(c) nN
(d) None of these
(d) nλ/N
Answer: Option (a) Answer: Option (c)
39. If a and b are transparencies and opacities in a 43. What information is given by Dispersive power
diffraction grating the condition of minima is of grating –

STUDY ZONE
(a) Dispersive power gives an idea about the (c) 1:1/ 9 2 :1/ 25 2 :1/ 49 2
angular separation and degree of closeness of
(d) 1: 2 / 9 2 : 2 / 25 2 : 2 / 49 2
spectral lines.
Answer: Option (a)
(b) Dispersive power gives an idea about the
48. The plane transmission diffraction grating has
angular separation spectral lines
40,000 lines Determine its resolving power the
(c) Dispersive power gives an idea of angular
0
closeness between lines of spectrum. second order (n=2) for wavelength of 5000 A
(d) All of above (a) 80000

Answer: Option (b) (b) 40000
44. In diffraction through grating, If λ is the (c) 20000
wavelength of light and θ is angle of diffraction (d) 50000
than dispersive power of grating Answer: Option (b) hint λ/dλ=nN
(a) dθ/dλ 49. Number of lines in grating capable to resolving
(b) dλ/dθ 0
a wavelength difference 6 A at a mean
(c) ndθ/dλ
wavelength 6000 A0 in second order is spectra
(d) dθ/ndλ
is
Answer: Option (a)
(a) 50
45. If ‘a’ and’ b’ are transparencies and opacities
(b) 500
in a diffraction grating, then what particular
(c) 5000
spectra should be missing if b=2a
(d) 50000
(a) 0,3,6,9......
(b) 3, 6, 9…… 1 
Answer: Option (a) hint: N = ,
(c) 2, 4, 6…… n d
Where d = 6 A
0
(d) 1,3,6.......
50. In plane transmission grating the effect of
a+b
Answer: Option (b) hint n= m increasing the slit ‘a’ taking constant ‘b’ in the
a
grating element (a+b) is,
46. The intensity ratio of maxima at single slit
(a)Central peak is sharper with decrease in
diffraction when α = ± 5𝜋/2
number of interference maxima in central
(a) 1/ 25 2
maxima
(b) 25 2 (b) Central peak is broad and with increase in
number of interference maxima in central
(c) 25 2 / 4
maxima
(d) 4 / 25 2 (c) Central peak is disappear
Answer: Option (d) hint I = A sin  / 
2 2 2
(d) None of these
47. The relative intensities of successive maxima in Answer: Option (a)
single slit 51. In plane transmission grating, the effect of
(a) 1: 4 / 9 2 : 4 / 25 2 : 4 / 49 2 increasing the slit ‘b’ and taking constant ‘a’ in
grating element (a+b) is
(b) 1 : 3 / 9 2 : 6 / 25 2 : 9 / 49 2

STUDY ZONE
(a) With increase in number of interference

maxima in central maxima
(b) With decreases in number of interference
maxima in central maxima
(c) Central maxima is disappear
(d) none of these
Answer: Option (a)
52. The ratio of intensity of secondary maxima to
the principal maxima in plane transmission
grating(N is number of slits ),
1
(a)
1 + ( N − 1) sin 2 
2
(b) 1 + ( N 2 −1) sin 2 

(c) 1 + ( N 2 + 1) sin 2 
1
(d)
1 + ( N + 1) sin 2 
2
Answer: Option (a)

STUDY ZONE
Unit-V
1. Fibre optics communication uses the 6. Acceptance angle(  ) is
phenomena of (a) Maximum angle at which ray strike at
(a) Reflection Critical angle in core -cladd interface
(b) Total internal reflection (b) Minimum angle at which ray strike at
(c) Interference Critical angle in core -cladd interface.
(d) Polarisation (c) Minimum angle at which ray strike in
Answer: Option (b) core- cladd interface at zero Critical angle
2. A ray of light will undergo total internal (d) None of these
reflection if ray Answer: Option (a)
(a) Incident at an angle less than the critical 7. The most preferred source for optical fibre
angle at core-clad interface communication is
(b) Incident at an angle greater than the (a) LED
critical angle at core- clad interface (b) LASER
(c) Strikes the interface normally at core- clad (c) Sodium Lamp
interface (d) White light
(d) Goes from rarer medium to denser Answer: Option (b)
medium at core-clad interface 8. The optical fibre consists of a core refractive
Answer: Option (b)
index n1 surrounded by a cladding of refractive
3. Optical fibre is made of
index n 2 . A beam of light enters from the air at
(a) Metallic conductor
(b) Plastic doped with metallic impurities an angle of α with the axis of the fibre. The
(c) Dielectric material highest α for which ray can be travelled through
(d) Magnetic Oxide fibre is
Answer: Option (c) (a)  = sin −1 n12 − n22

4. Geometrical structure of fibre is made of
(a) Core (b)  = sin −1 n22 − n12
(b) Cladd
(c)  = cos −1 n12 − n22
(c) Outer Jackets
(d) All of above (d)  = cos −1 n22 − n12
Answer: Option (d) Answer: Option (a)
5. In optical fibre ,the refractive index of core is 9. High information carrying capability of optical
n1 and cladding n 2 ,then fibre is measured with their
(a) n1  n2 (a) Low losses

(b) High bandwidth
(b) n1 = n2
(c) Low cost
(c) n1  n2 (d) High bandwidth
(d) None of these Answer: Option (b)
Answer: Option (a)

STUDY ZONE
10. In optical fibres, which is the most beneficial Answer: Option (d)
core index profile:- 15. The bandwidth of the optical fibre is
(a) Step-index (a) 900 GHz
(b) Graded index (b) 9 THz
(c) Step-index and Graded index (c) 900 THz
(d) Coaxial cable (d) 9 GHz
Answer: Option (b) Answer: Option (c)
11. Which among the following is described by the 16. Which of the following is not correct factors
concept of numerical aperture in an optical that are responsible for generating attenuation
fibre? of optical power in fiber?
(a) Light dispersion (a) Absorption
(b) Light gathering (b) Organic solvents
(c) Light polarisation (c) Scattering
(d) Light scattering (d) Waveguide effect
Answer: Option (b) Answer: Option (b)
12. Numerical aperture of optical fibre having 17. Rayleigh scattering occurs in core of fibre when
refractive index of core is n1 and clad is n 2 size of inhomgeneities
(a) Much larger than wavelength
(a) n12 − n22 (b) Much smaller than wavelength
(c) Comparable with wavelength
(b) n22 − n12
(d) Equal to wavelength
(c) n12 + n22 Answer: Option (b)
18. Mie scattering occurs when size of
(d) n22 + n12
inhomgeneities
Answer: Option (a) (a) Much larger than wavelength
13. Which among the following fibre optic cables (b) Much smaller than wavelength
have a core of size 480 μm to 980 μm and made (c) Comparable with wavelength
up of polymethylmethacrylate? (d) Equal to wavelength
(a) Glass optical fibre Answer: Option (a)
(b) Core Plastic and clad silica optical fibre 19. Rayleigh scattering coefficients is proportional
(c) Plastic optical fibre
(a) 
(d) Core silica and clad Plastic optical fibre
(b) 2
Answer: Option (c)
14. A document or image can be scanned in to 1
(c)
digital form by using
2
(a) Marker 1
(d)
(b) Printer 4
(c) Light pen Answer: Option (d)
(d) Scanner

STUDY ZONE
20. Which of the following is an Advantages of V 2 

Optical Fibre?
(b)  
 4 
(a) Thin and non-flammable
V 2 
(b) Less power consumption (c)  
(c) Economical and cost-effective  3 
(d) All of the above (d) V2
Answer: Option (d) Answer: Option (b)
21. Normalized frequency or V-number for fibre 24. In single-mode fibres, the cladding diameter
having refractive index of core is n1 and clad is must be at least
n 2 with core radius a and wavelength is (a) Twice the core diameter
(b) Thrice the core diameter
 2a  2
(a)   n1 − n2
2
(c) Five times the core diameter
  
(d) Ten times the core diameter
 a  2
  n1 − n2 Answer: Option (d)
2
(b)
  25. Multimode step index fiber has ____
 4a  2 (a) Large core diameter & large numerical

  n1 − n2
2
(c)
   aperture
(b) Small core diameter & large numerical
 3a  2
  n1 − n2
2
(d) aperture
  
(c) Small core diameter & small numerical
Answer: Option (a)
aperture
22. Number of mode propagated in step index
(d) Small core diameter & small numerical
optical fibre is related in V-number is
aperture
V 2 
(a)   Answer: Option (a)
 2  26. Multimode step index fibre has a large core
V 2  diameter of range is _
(b)   (a) 100 to 300 μm
 4 
(b) 100 to 300 nm
V 2  10 to 30 μm
(c)   (c)
 3  (d) 10 to 30 nm
(d) V2 Answer: Option (a)
Answer: Option (a) 27. Attenuation in a fibre of length 'L' km
23. Number of mode propagated in Graded index is.............where Pin is input power and Pout is
optical fiber is related in V-number is output power
V 2  10
(a)   (a) − (log10 ( Pout / Pin )
 2  L
10
(b) − (log10 ( Pin / Pout )
L

STUDY ZONE
(c) 10L(log10 ( Pin / Pout ) (c) 2 10 6 m / s ,600 nm

(d) 10L(log10 ( Pout / Pin ) (d) 2 10 5 m / s ,300 nm
Answer: Option (a) Answer: Option (a) hint velocity =c/refractive
28. If 120μW power in launched in a fiber of index
length 5 Km and output power received is 32. LASER is abbreviation of :-
4μW then the signal attunation per Km is (a) Light amplification by spontaneous
(a) 2.80dB emission of radiation
(b) 2.90dB (b) Light amplification by stimulated
(c) 2.96dB emission of radiation
(d) 3.20dB (c) Light absorption by spontaneous emission
Answer: Option (c) of radiation
10 (d) Light absorption by stimulated emission of
 =− (log10 ( Pout / Pin )
L radiation
29. If we increase the numerical aperture of a fibre Answer: Option (b)
then the number of modes will be 33. Laser action is based on the principle of
(a) Increase (a) Stimulated absorption
(b) Decreases (b) Spontaneous absorption
(c) Same (c) Stimulated emission
(d) None of above (d) Spontaneous emission
Answer: Option (a) Answer: Option (c)
30. A step index fibre has core refractive index of 34. Ratio of probabilities of spontaneous emission
1.466 and cladding refractive index of 1.46. The and stimulated emission is
operating wavelength is 0.85 μm and diameter (a) Proportional to frequency 
(a) is 50 μm. The cut off parameter and Number (b) Independent to frequency 
(c) Proportional to frequency 

of modes is 2
(a) 24.75, 306

(d) Proportional to frequency 
3
(b) 25.75, 406

Answer: Option (d)
(c) 26.75, 506
35. Laser beam consist of
(d) 27.75, 606
(a) Light material particle
 2a  2
Answer: Option (a) V =   n1 − n2
2 (b) Electrons
   (c) Highly coherent beam of photons
31. The velocity and wavelength of light of (d) Cosmic ray
frequency f = 0.5 10 Hz when travelling
15
Answer: Option (c)
through glass having refractive index 1.5 36. Laser beam is monochromatic .It means that it
has
(a) 2  10 8 m / s ,400 nm
(a) Single frequency
(b) 2 10 7 m / s ,500 nm (b) Narrow width
(c) Wide width

STUDY ZONE
(d) Several colours (b) Monochromatic and coherent

Answer: Option (a) (c) Highly intense
37. Metastable state has characteristics time is (d) All the Above
−4 Answer: Option (d)
(a) 10 sec
42. The main component of Laser is
(b) 10−3 sec
(a) Active medium
(c) 10−6 sec (b) Pumping mechanism
−8
(d) 10 sec (c) Resonator cavity
Answer: Option (b) (d) All the Above
38. If N 0 is the number of atoms in ground energy Answer: Option (d)

43. First working LASER is designed
state, Than the number of atoms(N) in energy
(a) He-Ne Laser
states are calculated as
(b) Ruby Laser
(a) N = N 0 e E / KT (c) Semiconductor Laser
− E / KT
(b) N = N 0e (d) Dye Laser
Answer: Option (b)
(c) N = N 0 e − ET / K
44. Ruby laser is
(d) None of these (a) Three level solid state Laser
Answer: Option (b) (b) Two level solid state Laser
39. According to Einstein? (c) Four level solid state Laser
(a)The probability of spontaneous emission is (d) None of these
same as stimulated absorption Answer: Option (a)
(b)Ratio of probabilities of spontaneous 45. In Ruby Laser the active medium is
emission and stimulated emission is 
3
(a) Cr 3+ ions
(c)Both a and b
(b) Al 2 O3
(d)None of these
Answer: Option (c) (c) Cr2 O3
40. If the number of atom in ground state is N1 (d) Al 3+ ions
and higher state is N 2 ,Than population Answer: Option (a)
inversion is 46. Population inversion achieved in Ruby laser
(a) N1 = N 2 through
(a) Electric discharge Method
(b) N1  N 2
(b) Optical pumping
(c) N1  N 2 (c) Inelastic atom-atom collision
(d) None of the above (d) Direct conversion
Answer: Option (c) Answer: Option ( b)
41. Characteristics of Laser beam is 47. In He-Ne gas laser the active medium He and
(a) High degree of directionality Ne are at ratio of

STUDY ZONE
(a) 1:7
(b) 7:1
(c) 1:10
(d) 10:1
Answer: Option (d)
48. Population inversion achieved in He-Ne laser
through
(a) Chemical excitation
(b) Optical pumping
(c) Inelastic atom-atom collision Values of some constant
(d) Direct conversion
c = 2  108 m / s
Answer: Option (c)
e = 1.6  10 −19 eV
49. Which laser give continuous beam
h = 6.63  1034 Js
(a) Ruby
1 0 = 10 −10 m
(b) He-Ne
1nm = 10 −9 m
(c) Both
 0 = 8.85  10 −12 C 2 / Nm 2
(d) None of above
 0 = 4  10 −7 N / A 2
Answer: Option (b)
rest mass of electron (me ) = 9.1 10 −31 Kg
3+
50. In Ruby Laser ,total number of Cr ions is  = permbability of medium
2.8 10 .If Laser emits radiation of
19  = permitivity of medium
wavelength 7000A0 .Calculate the energy of

laser pulse is
(a) 7.1 J
(b) 7.9 J
(c) 8.2 J
(d) 8.8 J
Answer: Option (b) hint E=nhc/λ
51. He-Ne laser emits light at a wavelength of
632.8nm and has an output power of 3 mW.
How many photons are emitted in each minute
by laser
(a) 5.7310−17 photon per minute

(b) 5.7310−16 photon per minute
(c) 5.7310−18 photon per minute
(d) 5.7310−15 photon per minute
Answer: Option (a)

STUDY ZONE
MODEL MCQ -1
PHYSICS KAS-201T
1. As an object approaches the speed of light, it’s mass becomes

a) Zero
b) Double
c) Remains Same
d) Infinite
2. If the sun radiates energy at the rate of 4 x 1026 Js-1, what is the rate at which its mass is
decreasing?
a) 5.54 x 109 kgs-1
b) 4.44 x 109 kgs-1
c) 3.44 x 109 kgs-1
d) 2.44 x 109 kgs-1
3. According to Einstein’s Special Theory of Relativity, laws of physics can be formulated

based on
a) Inertial Frame of Reference
b) Non-Inertial Frame of Reference
c) Both Inertial and Non-Inertial Frame of Reference
d) Quantum State
4. For Einstein’s relation, E2 – p2c2 = _____________
a) moc2
b) mo2c4
c) moc4
d) mo2c6
5. A frame of reference has four coordinates, x, y, z, and t is referred to as the_
a) Inertial frame of reference
b) Non-inertial frame of reference
c) Space-time reference
d) Four-dimensional plane
6. A man, who weighs 60 kg on earth, weighs 61 kg on a rocket, as measured by an
observer on earth. What is the speed of the rocket?
a) 2.5 X 108 m/s
b) 2.5 X 107 m/s
c) 5.5 X 107 m/s
d) 5.5 X 108 m/s

STUDY ZONE
7. In Galilean transformation, when frame S’ is moving along +ve direction with a constant
velocity to S, which relation is incorrect:
(a) dt = dt’
(b) x = x’-vt
(c) ux= u’x-vt
(d) α = α’
8. The mass of a body moving at very high speed (vc) relative to an observer is
………………………………….
9. Which of the following expressions gives the relativistic kinetic energy of an object?
a. KE = (1/2) mv2
b. KE= mc2
c. KE = (y -1)mc2
d. None of the above.
Ans- c
10. In the Michelson-Morley experiments two light beams were raced at right angles to each
other to detect a possible slight difference in their speeds. The experiment showed that
a. The beam traveling along the direction of the earth's motion always won.
b. The beam traveling along the direction of the earth's motion always lost.
c. The races always ended in ties.
d. The results depended on the season of the year (i.e., on the direction of earth's
motion)"
11. Poynting vector P is equal to…….
a) P = EH
b) P= E H
c) P = E.H
Q.12. Poynting vector P is defined for
a) Energy flow per unit area

b) Power flow per unit area
c) Force per unit area
d) All of above

STUDY ZONE
Q13. For a medium, conductivity  = 58  106 seimen/m, r =1. Find out the conduction and
displacement current densities if the magnitude of electric field intensity is given by E = 150 sin
(1010 t) Volt/m.
a) JD = 13.28 cos (1010 t) A/m2, JC = 8.7  109 sin (1010 t) A/m2

b) JD = 13.28 sin (1010 t) A/m2, JC = 8.7  109sin (1010 t) A/m2
c) JD = 13.28 cos (1010 t ) A/m2, JC = 8.7  109 cos (1010 t ) A/m2
d) JD = 13.28 sin (1010 t) A/m2, JC = 8.7  109cos (1010 t) A/m2
Q.14 The permeability and conductivity of aluminium are  = o and  = 3.54  107 mhos/m.
Find the skin depth if the wave enter in aluminium with frequency of 71.56 MHz.
a) 10.06 m
b) 10.06 microns
c) 10.06 mm
d) 10.06 cm
Q.15. Considering that all the energy from a 1000 W lamp is radiated uniformly, calculate
average value of the intensity of electric field of radiation at a distance of 2 m from the lamp.
a) 0.0 8659 V/m
b) 0.8659V/m
c) 8.659 V/m
d) 86.59 V/m
Q.16. The Gauss divergence theorem connects:
a) line integral to volume integral
b) Surface integral to volume integral
c) Volume integral to line integral
d) line integral to surface integral
Q.16. The transverse nature of EM waves justified by the option
a) k.E=0 and k.H=0

b) k.E=0 and kH=0
c) kE=0 and k.H=0

STUDY ZONE
d) kE=0 and kH=0
Q.17. The impedance offered by free space to the propagation of electromagnetic wave is
0
a) Z 0
0
0
b) Z 0
0
Z 0  0  0
c)
1
d) Z 0
00
Q.18. Energy density in E.M. field is
a)
u  0 H 2
1
u 0 E 2
b) 2
c)
u  0 E 2
d)
u  0 E 2
Q19. Relation between pointing vector and energy density in scalar form is
a) P=uc
b) P=u/c
c) P=u/c2
d) P=1/uc
Q 20. The free space characteristics are specified by
a) J=0, =0
b) =0
c) J=0
d) J≠0, ≠0
Q.21 The depth of penetration is defined as the distance in which the strength of electric field
associated with the EM wave reduces due to attenuation by a factor ………..of its initial value.

STUDY ZONE
a) 1/e
b 1/e2
c 1/μ
d) 1/ε
22. The walls of a particle in a box are supposed to be ____________
a) Small but infinitely hard
b) infinitely large but soft
c) Soft and Small
d) infinitely hard and infinitely large
23. The wave function of the particle lies in which region?
a) x > 0
b) x < 0
c) 0 < X < L
d) x > L
Q 24. Interference of light is evidence that:
A. Light has particle nature
B. light is a transverse wave
C. light is dual in nature
Q.25. Newton's Ring experiments, the diameter of bright rings is proportional to
A. Square root of Odd Natural numbers
B. Natural Number
C. Even Natural Number
D. Square root of natural number
Q 26 In Newton's Ring experiments, the diameter of dark rings is proportional to
A. Odd Natural numbers
B. Natural Number
Q 27. In Newton’s Rings experiment at the point of contact of Plano convex lens and plane
Q5.Extended source is needed in
A. Young's double slit experiment

STUDY ZONE
B. Bi prism Experiment C. Newton’s Ring Experiment

D. None of them
Q 28. When a light ray travelling in glass is incident on an air surface,
A. it will refract away from the normal
B. some of the light may be reflected
C. all of the light may be reflected
D. two of A, B, and C
E. all of A, B, and C
Q.29. Light of wavelength 6000 falls normally on a thin wedge shaped film of refractive
Index 1.4 forming fringes that are 1.5 mm apart. Find the angle of wedge in seconds.
A 29.16 sec
B. 21.96 sec
C. 21.69 sec
D. 22.85 sec
Q 30. In Newton's ring experiment, the diameter of the 15th ring was found to be 0.590
and that of the 5 th ring was 0.336 cm. If the radius of Plano convex lens is 100 cm,
compute the wavelength of light used
A. 5885
B. 5880
C. 5890 D.5850
Q.31. In reflected light the central fringes of Newton's ring is
A. dark
B. Bright
C. Uniform
D. Non uniform
Q 32.. On a rainy day, small oil films on water show brilliant colors. This is due to
A. dispersion
B. interference C. diffraction

STUDY ZONE
D. Polarizatio
Q 33. When the liquid is immersed between Plano convex lens and plane glass plate then
the diameter of rings are
A. Contracted
B. Expanded
C. Remains same
D. None of above
Q 34. When white light is used in Newton’s Rings experiment the rings are formed of
A. Different colours
B. Rings are not formed
C. Dark and bright rings
D. None of above
Q 35. In Newton’s Rings experiment by Transmitted light the central spot can be
A. Always Bright
B. Always Dark
C. Can be Bright or Dark
D. Yellow Color
Q 36. In diffraction due to a single slit ……………. is formed by the secondary wavelets
Which travel un-diffracted?
a) Central maximum
b) Secondary maxima
c) Minima
d) depending on intensity of light, maxima or minima
Q, 37. In diffraction due to a single slit, if the slit is made narrower, the central maximum
becomes:
a) Wider
b) Narrower
c) Is not affected

STUDY ZONE
d) Wider or narrower, depending on intensity of light

Q.38. In Fraunhofer’s diffraction, the wave front of light incident on the obstacle is a ……
wave front:
a) Spherical
b) Plane
c) Cylindrical
d) None of these
Q.39.Which of the following is a three-level laser?
a) ND: YAG
b) Ruby
c) He-Ne
d) Semiconductor laser
Q.41The lifetime of meta-stable state in a Ruby laser is ___________
a) 10-8s
b) 10-6s
c) 10-3s
d) 10-2s
Q.42 the ends of the ruby rod works as __________
a) pumping source
b) Active medium
c) Cavity mirrors
d) Energy levels
Q.43 The pumping mechanism used in Ruby rod is __________
a) Optical Pumping
b) Electrical Excitation
c) Chemical pumping
d) Thermal pumping
Q.44 In Ruby laser the output beam is emitted in the form of __________
a) Fluctuating radiations
b) Continuous spectrum
c) Pulsed output
d) exponentially decreasing intensity
Q.45. What will be the relative population of atoms in a ruby layer that produces a light beam of
wavelength 6943 Å at 300 K.
a) 5 X 10-31
b) 6 X 10-31

STUDY ZONE
c) 7 X 10-31
d) 8 X 10-31
Q.46 What is the wavelength of the emitted laser in a Ruby laser?
a) 694 nm
b) 650 nm
c) 780 nm
d) 754 nm
Q.47 The energy levels of which ion/atom/molecule are responsible for lasing action?
a) Al3+
b) Cr3+
c) Al2O3
d) Cr2O3
Q.48 Which of the following has more distortion?

a) Single step-index fibre
b) Graded index fibre
c) Multimode step-index fibre
d) Glass fibre
Q.49 In single mode fibers, which is the most beneficial index profile?
a) Step index
b) Graded index
c) Step and graded index
d) Coaxial cable
Q- 50 A step index fibers has core and cladding refractive indices 1.466 and 1.460 respectively.
If the wavelength of light is 0.85 micrometer. Find the normalized frequency and the number of
modes supported by the fiber.
a) 290
b) 306
c) 350
d) 389

STUDY ZONE
KIET Group of Institutions, Ghaziabad

(Department of Applied Sciences)
B. Tech, IInd Semester
CT-1 Examination, (2020-21) Even Semester
Subject: Physics; Code: (KAS-201T)
Duration: 1.0 hr (60mins) Max. Marks: 100
NOTE:
1) Each question carries 2.5 marks.
2) Every correct answer has weightage of +2.5 marks and for every wrong answer -25%
marks will be deducted.
Section-A
Attempt all questions of this section (2.5×40=100)
Q.No Question Marks CO BL
An inertial frame is: 2.5 1 1
(a) accelerated
(b) decelerated
1
(c) moving with uniform velocity or at rest
(d) may be accelerated, decelerated or moving with constant
velocity.
“All physics laws are the same in all inertial frame of reference” 2.5 1 1
this statement is called the principle of ___________
(a) relative motion
2
(b) equivalence
(c) inertia
(d) correspondence
Special theory of relativity deals with the events in the frames of 2.5 1 1
reference which move with constant _________
(a) Speed
3
(b) velocity
(c) acceleration
(d) momentum
According to special theory of relativity: 2.5 1 1
(a) speed of light is relative
4 (b) speed of light is same in all inertial frames
(c) time is relative
(d) mass is relative
The Lorentz transformation equations will reduce to Galilean 2.5 1 4
transformation equations when:
(a) velocity is very large
5
(b) velocity is very low
(c) reduction is velocity independent

STUDY ZONE
(d) none of these

Which of the following quantity is variant under Galilean 2.5 1 2
transformation?
(a) length interval
6 (b) acceleration
(c) velocity
(d) mass
A reference frame situated on the earth surface: 2.5 1 1
(a) is an inertial frame
(b) is an inertial frame because Newton’s laws are applicable in the
frame
7 (c) cannot be an inertial frame because the earth is revolving around
the sun
(d) cannot be an inertial frame because the earth is rotating about its
own axis.
Theory of relativity shows that Newtonian mechanics is correct: 2.5 1 2
(a) approximately for all velocities
(b) approximately for velocity approaching the velocity of light
8 (c) approximately only for velocities much smaller than that of
light
(d) wholly
Which of the following correlates the observation of two observers 2.5 1 2

in different inertial frames?
(a) only Lorentz transformations
9
(b) only Galilean transformations
(c) both Lorentz and Galilean transformations
(d) neither Lorentz nor Galilean transformations
Whose experimental work proved that the velocity of light is a 2.5 1 1
10 universal and natural constant:
(a) Maxwell (b) Michelson (c) Lorentz (d) Einstein
Which one of the following statements is not correct: 2.5 1 1
(a) All motions are relative
(b) Description of motion depends on the frame of reference
11
(c) speed of light is different in different media
(d) from within a frame of reference we can detect the state of
rest or uniform motion of a frame of reference
Under Galilean transformations which of the following is invariant? 2.5 1 3
12
(a) Impulse (b) Mass (c) Torque (d) All
Earth is _________ 2.5 1 1
(a) an inertial frame
13
(b) a non-inertial frame
(c) inertial frame at day and non-inertial at night.

STUDY ZONE
(d) reverse of c
Which of the following is invariant under Galilean transformation? 2.5 1 3

(a) velocity
14 (b) acceleration
(c) speed
(d) none
Which of the following is not invariant under Galilean 2.5 1 3
transformation?
(a) space interval
(b) time interval
15 (c) mass
(d) moment
Clocks in a moving reference frame, compared to identical clocks in 2.5 1 3
a stationary reference frame, appear to run
(a) slower
16 (b) at the same rate
(c) faster
(d) backward in time
What is length of a rod in motion according to relativity: 2.5 1 2
(a) is same as its rest length
(b) is more than its rest length
17
(c) is less than its rest length
(d) may be more or less than or equal to rest length depending on
the speed of rod
A circle in rest frame, appears from other moving (with the 2.5 1 2
18 comparable speed of light) frame is:

(a) ellipse (b) circle (c) hyperbola (d) None of these
Under Lorentz transformation equation, four-dimensional volume 2.5 1 1
is:
(a) variant
19
(b) invariant
(c) may be more or less than or equal
(d) none of these
The two events which are simultaneous when viewed by an 2.5 1 2
observer in event’s frame of reference, these two events when
viewed by another frame of reference will be:
20
(a) simultaneous
(b) not be simultaneous
(c) none of these

STUDY ZONE
(d) depending upon the position of two events

An object of length 12 m is moving at a speed of 0.9 c. To an 2.5 1 3
observer sitting perpendicular to the direction of motion, the length
appears to be:
21 (a) 12 m
(b) 4 m
(c) 3 m
(d) 2 m
If any spacecraft attains the speed of light, it’s length changes to: 2.5 1 3
(a) Infinite
22 (b) Double of the value
(c) Half of the value
(d) Zero
Rakesh on his 35th birthday goes at a high speed in a rocket. when 2.5 1 3
he comes back to earth after 1 earth year, he would be
(a) 1 year older
23
(b) 2 years older
(c) A few months older
(d) Same age
The length of a rod seems shorter to an observer when it moves in a 2.5 1 3
specific direction. What change would he observe when the
direction of rod changes by 180o?
24 (a) The rod becomes even smaller

(b) The length of the rod increases
(c) The length of the rod remains the same
(d) The rod has the length equal to its proper length
A rod of length 1m moves with a speed of 0.5 c. How much length 2.5 1 3
contraction takes place?
(a) 50 %
25
(b) 14 %
(c) 10 %
(d) 35 %
Time dilation is……. of the time interval between two events for an 2.5 1 3
26 observer in an inertial frame that is moving with respect to the rest

frame of the events:

STUDY ZONE
(a) contraction
(b) lengthening
(c )indifference
(d) none of these
Amount by which measured time interval is greater than 2.5 1 1
corresponding proper time interval is called:
(a) time interval
27
(b) time parameter
(c ) time dilation
(d) none of these
a stationary reference frame, appear to run:
(a) slower
28
(b)at the same rate
(c) faster
(d)backward in time
A train has a rest length of 100 m. Traveling at a very high velocity, 2.5 1 3
it goes through a tunnel of length 80 m. Observers located at both
ends of the tunnel note that at one instant the train appears to
exactly fit within the tunnel. The velocity of the train is:
29
(a) 0.8c
(b) 0.3c
(c) 0.5c
(d) 0.6c
Two twins are 30 years old. At this time, one of them gets on a 2.5 1 3
rocket and travels at 0.8 c, for what he experiences to be 12 years.
How old is the twin that remained on Earth when the traveling twin
returns home?
30
(a) 42 years old
(b) 70 years old

STUDY ZONE
(c) 37 years old
(d) 50 years old

When does length contraction affect an object: 2.5 1 2
(a) When it is not moving
(b) Only at extremely slow speeds
31
(c) Only when its moving at speeds near the speed of light
(d) At all times when it is moving
Length contraction states that an object shrinks in what direction? 2.5 1 1

(a) the same as its movement
32 (b) all directions at once
(c) the direction perpendicular to its movement
(d) None of these
A spaceship, moving away from the Earth at a speed of 0.9c, fires a 2.5 1 3
light beam backward. An observer on Earth would see the light
arriving at a speed of
33 (a) 0.1c.
(b) more than 0.1c but less than c.
(c) c
(d) more than c but less than 1.9c.
The term "relativistic" refers to effects that are 2.5 1 1
(a) Observed when speeds are near the speed of light.
34 (b) Noticed about a moving object.
(c) Observed when objects move backward in time.
(d) Measured by stationary observers only
A spaceship approaches the Moon, traveling at 0.5c with respect to 2.5 1 3
the Moon. Its crew shines a laser at the Moon. The beam strikes a
lunar mirror and is reflected to the ship. The crew on the ship will
measure the speed of the reflected beam to be
35
(a) 2.0c.
(b) 1.5c.
(c) c.
(d) 0.75c.
A spaceship, moving toward the Earth at a speed of 0.9c, shines a 2.5 1 3
green laser at Earth. An observer on Earth would see the light
36 (a) 0.1c but at a smaller frequency.
(b) c but at a shorter wavelength.
(c) 1.9c and with a shorter wavelength.
(d) 0.1c and with an inverted frequency

STUDY ZONE
The lowest possible mass of a particle is its _____________ 2.5 1 2

(a) Relativistic mass
37 (b) Inertial mass
(c) Gravitational mass
(d) Rest mass
If the direction of velocity is changed by 180o simultaneously, the 2.5 1 2
mass would ___________
(a) Change simultaneously
38
(b) Not Change
(c) Increase
(d) Decrease
Which basic law is used for the derivation of mass variation with 2.5 1 1
velocity?
(a) Law of conservation of Energy
39
(b) Law of conservation of Kinetic Energy
(c) Law of conservation of Momentum
(d) Law of conservation of mass
A man, who weighs 60 kg on earth, weighs 61 kg on a rocket, as 2.5 1 3
measured by an observer on earth. What is the speed of the rocket?
(a) 2.5  108 m/s
40
(b) 2.5  107 m/s
(c) 5.5  107 m/s
(d) 5.5  108 m/s
An object of rest mass 6 Kg is moving with a speed of 0.8c. Its 2.5 1 3
effective mass is __________
(a) 6 Kg
41
(b) 8 Kg
(c) 10 Kg
(d) 12 Kg
What is the length of a meter stick moving parallel to its length 2.5 1 3
when its mass is 6/4 times of its rest mass?
(a) .667m
42
(b) 1.21m
(c) .321m
(d) 2.3m
How fast must a positron move in order that its mass equals the rest 2.5 1 3
mass of the proton?
(a) 0.99c
43
(b) 1.5c
(c) 0.25c
(d) None of these
No material move faster than velocity of light can be explain by 2.5 1 2
(a) Time dilation
44 (b) Galilean transformation
(c) Variation of mass with velocity
(d) None of these

STUDY ZONE
Which experiment performed by Bucherer in 1908 for observation 2.5 1 1

of variation of mass with velocity.
(a) Study of e/m of electron
45
(b) Pair production
(c) Photon annihilation
(d) None of these
Two photon came towards each other with speed c with respect to 2.5 1 3
laboratory. What is their relative speed?
(a) c
46
(b) 0.98c
(c) .998c
(d) None of these
Which one is real effect 2.5 1 1
(a) Length Contraction
47 (b) Time dilation
(c) Both
(d) None of these
Mass energy equivalence is 2.5 1 1
(a) E=mc2
48 (b) E=moc2
(c) E=(1/2)mv2
(d) None of these
In mass energy equvalence 2.5 1 2
(a) Mass (m) is constant
49 (b) Mass (m) is variable
(c) Mass (m) is –ve
(d) Mass (m) is always zero
Relativistic kinetic energy is 2.5 1 2
(a) (m-mo) c2
50 (b) (mo-m) c2
(c) (1/2)mv2
(d) (1/2)m0v2
The rest mass energy of an eleclron is 2.5 1 3
(a) 0.49meV
51 (b) 0.5MeV
(c) 0.5meV
(d) 0.5 Joule
The total energy of a moving particle of mass m moving with 2.5 1 1
velocity v is
(a) mc2
52
(b) moc2
(c) (m-mo) c2
(d) (mo-m) c2
Experimental evidence of mass energy equivalence is 2.5 1 2
53 (a) Interfence
(b) Diffraction

STUDY ZONE
(c) Nuclear Fusion

(d) Doppler Effect
Massless particle has 2.5 1 1
(a) m=0
54 (b) m0=0
(c) m0=
(d) None of these
The relativistic relation between energy and momentum is 2.5 1 1
(a) E=p2c2+mo2c4
55 (b) E=p2c2-mo2c4
(c) E2=p2c2+mo2c4
(d) E2=p2c2-mo2c4
Rest mass of photon of energy 3 eV 2.5 1 3
(a) 0
56 (b) 1
(c) 5.310-36 Kg
(d) 5.310-27 Kg
The change in kinetic energy to increase the speed of an electron 2.5 1 3
from 0.8c to 0.9c is
(a) 5.0210-14Kg
57
(b) 5.0210-16Kg
(c) 5.0210-18Kg
(d) 5.0210-9Kg
The Kinetic energy of moving electron having mass, 11 times of its 2.5 1 3
rest mass is
(a) 5.121012 eV
58
(b) 5.12107 eV
(c) 5.12106 eV
(d) None of these
Massless particle is moving with velocity 2.5 1 1
(a) Comparable to speed of light
59 (b) Equal to speed of light
(c) Greater than speed of light
(d) Less than speed of light
Example of massless particle is 2.5 1 1
(a) electron
60 (b) proton
(c) photon
(d) neutron
For moving electron, the total energy of the particle is E=pc. This 2.5 1 1
statement is:
61
(a) True
(b) False
Rest mass of an electron 2.5 1 1
62
(a) 0

STUDY ZONE
(b) 
(c) 1.6 10-27 Kg
(d) None of above
When we increase the velocity of body, the relativistic mass 2.5 1 2
(a) Increases
63 (b) Decreases
(c) Remains same
(d) Infinite
In time dilation, the dilated time of a moving clock is
64 (a) proper time 2.5 1 2
(b) improper time
What was the objective of Michelson Morley Experiment?
(a) Existence of Ether
(b) Existence of Earth
65 2.5 1 1
(c)To detect the change in the velocity of light due to relative
motion between earth and ether
(d)To determine possible motion of sun relative to ether
What are the properties of ether?
(a) High Elasticity
(b) Low Elasticity
66 (c) High density 2.5 1 1
(d) Non resistive
(e) Massless
(f) Visible
Frames of References and is equal to c, it is independent of
(a) Relative motion of the inertial frames
67 (b) The source 2.5 1 1
(c) The observer
(d) All above
The Fringe Shift as observed by Michelson Morley in his
Experiment was
(a) 0.001
68 2.5 1 3
(b) 0.4
(c) 0.01
(d) 0.04
How much Fringe shift was expected by Michelson Morley in his
Experiment
(a) 0.04
69 (b) 0.4 2.5 1 3
(c) 0.01
(d) 0.004
What happens when the apparatus was rotated by 900 ?

(a) The path difference is same but in opposite direction
70 2.5 1 2
(b) The path difference remain unaffected but in same direction
(c) The path difference is changed but in same direction.

STUDY ZONE
(d) The path difference is changed but in opposite direction.
If we were isolated in the universe, can we able to determine that

we are in motion or not?
71 (a) True 2.5 1 2
(b) False
What will be the expected fringe shift on the basis of stationary

ether hypothesis in Michelson- Morley Experiment if the effective
length of each part is 11m and wavelength of light used in 6000 Å
(a) 0.036
72 2.5 1 3
(b) 0.36
(c) 3.6 x 102
(d) 3.6 x 10-2
What happens when earth and ether are at rest?

(a) The two reflected rays would take equal time to return to
Glass plate G
(b) The two refracted rays would take equal time to return to Glass
73 plate G 2.5 1 1
(c) The two reflected rays would take unequal time to return to
Glass plate G
(d) The two refracted rays would take unequal time to return to
Glass plate G
What was Ether drag Hypothesis?
(a) The moving earth completely drags the ether with it.
74 (b) The earth does not drag the ether. 2.5 1 1
(c) There is relative motion between the earth and ether.
(d) There is no relative motion between ether and earth
The distance of mirrors from semi silvered glass plate is same or
different?
(a) Same
75 2.5 1 1
(b) Varies after rotation through 900
(c) Remain unaffected even after rotation
(d) Different
The motion relative to material bodies has physical significance
76 (a) True 2.5 1 1
(b) False
According to Einstein Special Theory of Relativity, all Physical laws are
same in inertial frames of references which
(a) Moving with constant velocity
77 2.5 1 1
(b) Moving with accelerated systems
(c) Moving with uniform velocity
(d) Moving with changing velocities.

STUDY ZONE
Calculate the fringe shift in a Michelson Morley experiment if the

distance of each path is 8 m and the wavelength of light used is 6000Å.
The experimental set up was not rotated through 900. The linear velocity
of earth is 30km/sec
78 2.5 1 1
(a) 0.32
(b) 0.25
(c) 0.13
(d) 0.19
According to Special theory of relativity the laws of physics can be
formulated based on
(a) Non- inertial frames of references
79 (b) Unaccelerated frames of references 2.5 1 1

(c) Both inertial and non-inertial frames of references
(d) None of above
The ether is considered as to
(a) Fixed frame of reference
(b) Stationary frame of reference
80 2.5 1 1
(c) Absolute frame of reference
(d) Ether frame of reference
(e) None of above

STUDY ZONE

B.Tech II SEM (2020-21)
Engineering Physics (KAS201T)
Objective Questions
Unit 2:
Electromagnetic theory
Q.1 The entire theory of electromagnetic waves is contained in Maxwell’s equations.

a) True
b) False
Ans: a)
Q.2 Differential form of Gauss’s law in magneto statics is ___

a) div B = ρ/εo
b) div B = 0
c) div B = -dB/dT
d) div B = μJ
Ans: b)
Q.3. Unit of Poynting Vector is _____________

a) Watt
b) Watt/s
c) Watt/m
d) Watt/m2
Ans: d)
Q.4. If the magnitude of H n a plane wave is 1 A/m, the magnitude of E for plane wave in free
space is………….
a) 33.66 V/m
b) 376.6 V/m
c) 376600 V/m
d) 100 V/ m
STUDY ZONE
Ans: b)
Q.5 Which of the following is the expression for the continuity equation?
a) ρ + J = 0
b) dρ/dt + div.J = 0
c) dρ/dt + J = 0
d) ρ + div J = 0
Ans: b)
Q.6 The direction of Poynting vector is perpendicular to the direction of propagation of wave.
a) True
b) False
Ans: b)
Q.7 When electromagnetic wave enters in conducting medium, its velocity
a) increases
b) decreases
c) remains same
d) zero
Ans: b)
Q.8. Modified ampere’s law is
a) Curl H= J
b) Curl B = µ0J
c) Curl H = J - ∂D/∂t
d) Curl H = J +∂D/∂t
Ans: d)

STUDY ZONE
Q.9. Faraday’s law of Electromagnetic induction is……..
a) Curl E = 0
b) Curl E =µ0∂µ/∂t
c) Curl E = - ∂B/∂t
d) divE =-∂B/∂t
Ans: c)
Q.10. Poynting vector P is equal to…….
a) P = EH
b) P= E H
c) P = E.H
Ans: b)

d) All of above
Ans: b)
Q.12 For a medium, conductivity  = 58  106 seimen/m, r =1. Find out the conduction and
(1010 t) Volt/m.

STUDY ZONE

Ans: a)
Q.13. The permeability and conductivity of aluminium are  = o and  = 3.54  107
mhos/m. Find the skin depth if the wave enter in aluminium with frequency of 71.56 MHz.
a) 10.06 m
b) 10.06 microns
c) 10.06 mm
d) 10.06 cm
Ans: b)
Q.14 Considering that all the energy from a 1000 W lamp is radiated uniformly, calculate
a) 0.0 8659 V/m
b) 0.8659V/m
c) 8.659 V/m
d) 86.59 V/m
Ans: d)

Ans: b)
Q.16. The transverse nature of EM waveis justified by the option
a) k.E=0 and k.H=0


STUDY ZONE

Ans: a)
0
a) Z 0 
0
0
b) Z 0 
0
Z 0  0  0
c)
1
d) Z 0 
00
Ans: a)
u  0 H 2
a)
1
u 0 E 2
b) 2
u  0 E 2
c)
u  0 E 2
d)
Ans: c)
a) P=uc
b) P=u/c
c) P=u/c2
d) P=1/uc

STUDY ZONE
Ans: a)
Q19. The free space characteristics are specified by

a) J=0, =0
b) =0
c) J=0
d) J≠0, ≠0
Ans: a)
a) 1/e
b 1/e2
c 1/μ
d) 1/ε
Ans: a)
Q.21 The differential form of Maxwell’s first equation is
a)   D  
b) .B  
c) .D  
d)   D  q
Ans: c)
Q.22 The integral form of Maxwell’s second equation is
a)  B.dS  0
S
b)  B.dS  0
S

STUDY ZONE
c)  B.dS   0
S
d)  B.dS   0
S
Ans: b)
Q.23 The differential form of Maxwell’s third equation is
B
a)   E 
t
E
b)   B 
t
E
c)   B  
t
B
d)   E  
t
Ans: d)
Q.24 The integral form of Maxwell’s fourth equation is
B
a)   H  J 
t
D
b)   H  J 
t
B
c)   H  J 
t
D
d)   H  J 
t
Ans: b)
Q.25 The displacement current density is
dD
a) J D 
dt
dE
b) J D 
dt

STUDY ZONE
dD
c) J D   0
dt
dD
c) J D   0
dt
Ans: a)
Q.26. The electromagnetic wave equation in free space is
a)  2 E  c 2  2 E / t 2
2 1
b)  E   2 E / t 2
c
1
c)  2 E  2  2E / t 2
c
2 2 2
d)  E  c  E / t
Ans: c)
Q.27 Absolute magnetic permeability of free space is
a) 4π × 10-7 A/m
b) 4π × 10-7 H/m
c) 4π × 10-7 F/m
d) 4π × 10-7 H/m2
Ans: b)
Q.28 Displacement current density ____________ current passing through a capacitor.
a) Represents
b) Does not represent
c) Is the same as
d) None of these
Ans: b)
Q.29 skin depth for good conductor is
2
a)  
f

STUDY ZONE
2
b)  

2
c)  

2
d)  

Ans: c)
Q.30 The conducting medium characteristics are specified by
a) =0, =0
b) =0, ≠0
c) =0. ≠0
d) ≠0, ≠0
Ans: b)

STUDY ZONE
UNIT-3 MCQ QUESTION

c) Soft and Small
Answer: d
a) x > 0
b) x < 0
c) 0 < X < L
d) x > L
Answer: c
3. The particle loses energy when it collides with the wall.
a) True
b) False
Answer: b
4. The Energy of the particle is proportional to __________
a) n
b) n-1
c) n2
d) n-2
Answer: c
5. For a particle inside a box, the potential is maximum at x = ___________
a) L
b) 2L
c) L/2
d) 3L
Answer: a
7. Particle in a box can never be at rest.
a) True
b) False
Answer: a
8. Calculate the Zero-point energy for a particle in an infinite potential well for an electron
confined to a 1 nm atom.
a) 3.9 X 10-29 J
b) 4.9 X 10-29 J
c) 5.9 X 10-29 J
d) 6.9 X 10-29 J
Answer: c
9. The concept of matter wave was suggested by_________

STUDY ZONE
(a) Heisenberg (b) de Broglie (c ) Schrodinger (d) Laplace

10. The intensity of the diffraction pattern is proportional to ______ of the wave function
(a) forth power
(b) cube
(c ) sixth power
(d) square
11. The function representing matter waves must be ________
(a) complex (b) real (c) zero (d) infinity
(12) The total probability of finding the particle in space must be __________
(a) Zero (b) unity (c) infinity (d) double
13. The normalized wave function must have ________ norm
(a) infinite (b) zero (c ) finite (d) complex (6) The Non-normalized wave function
14. Must have ________ norm (a) infinite (b) zero (c ) finite (d) complex
15. For normalized wave function ψ→0 as r→___
(a) 0 (b)1 (c ) α (d) -1
16. The square of the magnitude of the wave function is called_________
(a) Current density (b) probability density (c) zero density (d) volume density
17. Compton shift depends on which of the following?
a) Incident radiation
b) Nature of scattering substance
c) Angle of scattering
d) Amplitude of frequency
18. Rayleigh-Jean’s law holds good for which of the following?
a) Shorter wavelength
b) Longer wavelength
c) High temperature
d) High energy
19. As the wavelength of the radiation decreases, the intensity of the black body radiations
____________
a) Increases
b) Decreases
c) First increases then decrease
d) First decreases then increase

STUDY ZONE
20. For a quantum wave particle, E = _____________

a) ℏ k
b) ℏ ω
c) ℏ ω/2
d) ℏ k/2
21. The Compton effect can be explained on the basis of __________
a) Wave nature of light
b) Quantum theory of light
c) Ray optics
d) Wave optics
22. What kind of photon is required for the Compton effect to occur?
a) Visible Light Photon
b) X-ray Photon
c) Infrared
d) UV Photon
c) Soft and Small
24. Which of the following is not a characteristic of wave function?
a) Continuous
b) Single valued
c) Differentiable
d) Physically Significant
25. Any wave function can be written as a linear combination of _________________
a) Eigen Vectors
b) Eigen Values
c) Eigen Functions
d) Operators
(a) Black Bodies
(b)Polished Bodies
(c)All Colored Bodies
(d)All of these
27. A perfectly black body?
(a) Absorbs all the incident radiation

STUDY ZONE
(b)Reflects all the incident radiation

(c)Allow all the incident radiation to pass through it
(d )Has its surface coated with lamp black or graphite.
28. Kinetic energy of emitted electrons depends upon :

(a) frequency
(b) intensity
(c) nature of atmosphere surrounding the electrons
(d) none of these
29. The ratio of specific charge of an alpha particle to the proton is:
(a) 1 : 2
(b) 2 : 1
(c) 4 : 1
(d) 1 : 4
30. Protons and alpha particles have the same de-Broglie wavelength. What is same for both of
them?
(a) Energy
(b) Time period
(c) Frequency
(d) Momentum

STUDY ZONE
Ans of Quantum Physics Unit 3

1. Answer: d
2. Answer: c
3. Answer: b
4. Answer: b
5. Answer: c
6. Answer: a
7. Answer: a
8. Answer: c
9. Ans (b)
10. Ans- (d)
11. Ans-(d)
12. Ans-(b)
13. Ans-(c)
14. Ans-(c)
15. Ans-(b)
16. Ans-(b)
17. Ans-(c)
18. Ans-(d)
19. Ans-(c)
20. Ans-(a)
21. Ans-(a)
22. Ans-(b)
23. Ans-(d)
24. Ans-(d)
25. Ans-(c)
26. Ans-(d)
27. Ans-(a)
28. Ans-(b)
29. Ans-(a)
30. Ans-(c)

STUDY ZONE
Unit 4(Interference and Diffraction)

MCQ questions
Q1Interference of light is evidence that:

D. Light is a wave phenomenon
Q2. In Newton's Ring experiments, the diameter of bright rings is proportional to
B. Natural Number
Q3. In Newton's Ring experiments, the diameter of dark rings is proportional to
B. Natural Number
Q4. In Newtons Rings experiment at the point of contact of plano convex lens and plane
glass plate the path difference is
𝝀
A.
𝟐
B. 2𝜇𝑡𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑟 (𝑟 + 𝜃) ±
C. 2𝜇𝑡 ±
D. 2𝜇𝑡𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑟

STUDY ZONE
B. Bi prism Experiment
C. Newton’s Ring Experiment
D. None of them
Q6. When a light ray travelling in glass is incident on an air surface,
Q7. Light of wavelength 6000Å falls normally on a thin wedge shaped film of refractive
index 1.4 forming fringes that are 1.5 mm apart. Find the angle of wedge in seconds.
A 29.16 sec
B. 21.96 sec
C. 21.69 sec
D. 22.85 sec
Q8. In Newton's ring experiment, the diameter of the 15th ring was found to be 0.590
A. 5885 Å
B. 5880 Å
C. 5890 Å
D.5850 Å
Q9. In reflected light the central fringes of Newton's ring is
A. dark
B. Bright
C. Uniform
D. Non uniform
Q10. On a rainy day, small oil films on water show brilliant colors. This is due to
A. dispersion

STUDY ZONE
B. interference
C. diffraction
D. Polarization
Q11. In interference due to Reflected Light the path difference is
𝝀
A. 𝟐𝝁𝒕𝒄𝒐𝒔𝒓 ±
𝟐
B. 2𝜇𝑡𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑟
C. 2𝜇𝑡𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑟 ± 𝜆
D. 2𝜇𝑡𝑐𝑜𝑠(𝑟 + 𝜃) ±
Q12. A parallel beam of light (λ = 5890 Å) is incident on a thin glass plate of refractive
index 1.5 such that the angle of refraction into the plate is 60 o. Calculate the smallest
thickness of the glass plate which will appear dark by reflection.
A. 𝟑. 𝟗𝟐𝟔 × 𝟏𝟎 𝟓 cm
B. 7.4 × 10 cm
C. 2.56 × 10 cm
D. 3.926 × 10 cm
Q13. When the liquid is immersed between Plano convex lens and plane glass plate then
A. Contracted
B. Expanded
C. Remains same
D. None of above
Q14. When white light is used in Newton’s Rings experiment the rings are formed of
D. None of above
Q15. In Newton’s Rings experiment by Transmitted light the central spot can be
A. Always Bright
B. Always Dark
D. Yellow Colour
1. A monochromatic light of wavelength 2.5x10 -7 m falls on a grating containing 35,000

lines. Its resolving power for first-order is:
a) 35,000
b) 70,000

STUDY ZONE
c) 140000
d) 12500
2. Resolving power of a grating is given by:
e) nNλ
f) nλ
g) λN
h) nN
3. The ability of an optical instrument, to differentiate the images of two nearby points
is called:
a) Resolving power
b) Differentiating power
c) Dispersive power
d) Diverging power
4. The rate of change of the angle of diffraction with change in the wavelength of light
used is called:
a) Resolving power
c) Dispersive power
d) Diverging power
5. When monochromatic light of wavelength 5000 Å passes through single slit, it
produces first minima at 30o in the diffraction pattern. The slit width is given as:
a) 12000Å
b) 10000Å
c) 2500Å
d) 20000Å
6. In diffraction due to a single slit, ……………. is formed by the secondary wavelets
which travel un-diffracted:
a) central maximum
b) secondary maxima
c) minima
7. In diffraction due to a single slit, if the slit is made narrower, the central maximum
becomes:
a) wider
b) narrower
c) is not affected
d) wider or narrower, depending on intensity of light
8. In Fraunhofer’s diffraction, the wavefront of light incident on the obstacle is a ……
wavefront:
a) spherical
b) plane
c) cylindrical

STUDY ZONE
d) none of these
9. The minimum number of lines required in a grating to just resolve wavelengths
5890Å and 5896 Å are:
a) 1000
b) 982
c) 829
d) 298
10. A diffraction grating is
a) also called plane transmission grating
b) is based on the same principle as single slit
c) shows spectrum
d) All of the above.
11. Which of the following is the correct expression for the ratio of the intensity of
principal maxima to the intensity of secondary maxima?
a) 1 + (N2-1) sin2β
b) 1/1 + (N2-1) sin2β
c) (N2-1) sin2β
d) 1/( N2-1) sin2β
12. What is the relation between the dispersive power, D, of a grating and the order, n,
of a spectrum?
a) D ∝ n
b) D ∝ N2
c) D ∝ 1/n
d) D ∝ 1/N2
13. The angular width of the central maxima of a diffraction pattern due to a single slit
does not depend upon the:
a) distance between slit and source
b) width of the slit
c) wavelength of light used
d) frequency of light used
14. Which one of the following is most essential for observing diffraction of light?
a) monochromatic light
b) white light
c) a very narrow slit or obstacle
d) two coherent sources
15. You can hear people around a corner but you can’t see them because light waves:
a) do not diffract
b) travel much faster than sound waves
c) are much shorter than sound waves
d) are much longer than sound waves

STUDY ZONE
Q16. Which phenomenon is observed in the following figure?
a) Wedge-Shaped film
b) Destructive Interference
c) Refraction
d) Newton’s Rings

STUDY ZONE
1. What is the principle of fibre optical communication?

a) Frequency modulation
b) Population inversion
c) Total internal reflection
d) Doppler Effect
Ans: c
2. What is the other name for a maximum external incident angle?

a) Optical angle
b) Total internal reflection angle
c) Refraction angle
d) Wave guide acceptance angle
Ans: d
3. The fibers mostly not used nowadays for optical fiber communication system are:
a) Single mode fibers
b) Multimode step fibers
c) Coaxial cables
d) Multimode graded index fibers
Ans: a
4. How does the refractive index vary in Graded Index fibre?
a) Tangentially
b) Radially
c) Longitudinally
d) Transversely
Ans: b
5. Multimode step index fiber has ___________
a) Large core diameter & large numerical aperture
b) Large core diameter and small numerical aperture
c) Small core diameter and large numerical aperture
d) Small core diameter & small numerical aperture
Ans. a
6. Multimode step index fiber has a large core diameter of range is ___________
a) 100 to 300 μm
b) 100 to 300 nm
c) 200 to 500 μm
d) 200 to 500 nm
Ans: a
7. Multimode step index fibers have a bandwidth of ___________
a) 2 to 30 MHz km

STUDY ZONE
b) 6 to 50 MHz km
c) 10 to 40 MHz km
d) 8 to 40 MHz km
Ans: b
8. Multimode graded index fibers are manufactured from materials with ___________
a) Lower purity
b) Higher purity than multimode step index fibers.
c) No impurity
d) Impurity as same as multimode step index fibers.
Ans: b
9. The performance characteristics of multimode graded index fibers are ___________
a) Better than multimode step index fibers
b) Same as multimode step index fibers
c) Lesser than multimode step index fibers
d) Negligible
Ans. A
10. Multimode graded index fibers have overall buffer jackets same as multimode step index
fibers but have core diameters ___________
a) Larger than multimode step index fibers
b) Smaller than multimode step index fibers
c) Same as that of multimode step index fibers
d) Smaller than single mode step index fibers
Ans. B
11. In single mode fibers, which is the most beneficial index profile?
a) Step index
b) Graded index
d) Coaxial cable
Ans: b
12. A fiber which is referred as non-dispersive shifted fiber is?
a) Coaxial cables
b) Standard single mode fibers
c) Standard multimode fibers
d) Non zero dispersion shifted fibers
Ans: b
13. Which of the following has more distortion?
d) Glass fibre

STUDY ZONE
Ans: c
14. In which of the following there is no distortion?
a) Graded index fibre
b) Multimode step-index fibre
c) Single step-index fibre
d) Glass fibre
Ans: a
15. Which of the following loss occurs inside the fibre?
a) Radiative loss
b) Scattering
c) Absorption
d) Attenuation
Ans:b
16. Calculate the numerical aperture of an optical fibre whose core and cladding are made of
materials of refractive index 1.6 and 1.5 respectively.
a) 0.55677
b) 55.77
c) 0.2458
d) 0.647852
Ans: a
17. A step-index fibre has a numerical aperture of 0.26, a core refractive index of 1.5 and a
core diameter of 100micrometer. Calculate the acceptance angle.
a) 1.47°
b) 15.07°
c) 2.18°
d) 24.15°
Ans: b
18. Calculate the numerical aperture, acceptance angle, and the critical angle of the fiber
from the following data: Core refractive index = 1.50 and Cladding refractive index =
1.45
a) NA= 0.385, Acceptance angle=22.63˚, θc = 75.30˚
b) NA= 0.485, Acceptance angle=21.63˚, θc = 73.30˚
c) NA= 0.585, Acceptance angle=20.63˚, θc = 71.30˚
d) NA= 0.685, Acceptance angle=24.63˚, θc = 74.30˚
Ans: a
19. A step index fiber has core and cladding refractive indices 1.466 and 1.460 respectively.
If the wavelength of light is 0.85 micrometer. Find the normalized frequency and the
number of modes supported by the fiber.

STUDY ZONE
a) 290
b) 306
c) 350
d) 389
Ans: b
20. The optical power, after propagating through a fiber that is 500 m long is reduced to 25 %
of its original value. Calculate the fiber loss in dB / km.
a) 16.042 dB/ km
b) 19.042 dB/ km
c) 14.042 dB/ km
d) 12.042 dB/ km
Ans: d

STUDY ZONE
1. Which of the following is a unique property of laser?

a) Directional
b) Speed
c) Coherence
d) Wavelength
Ans: c
2. What is the need to achieve population inversion?
a) To excite most of the atoms
b) To bring most of the atoms to ground state
c) To achieve stable condition
d) To reduce the time of production of laser
Ans: a
3. Which of the following is an example of optical pumping?
a) Ruby laser
b) Helium-Neon laser
c) Semiconductor laser
d) Dye laser
Ans: a
4. Calculate the wavelength of radiation emitted by an LED made up of a semiconducting
material with band gap energy 2.8eV.
a) 2.8 Å
b) 4.3308 Å
c) 5548.4 Å
d) 4430.8 Å
Ans: d
5. Calculate the number of photons, from green light of mercury (ʎ = 4961 Å), required to
do one joule of work.
a) 4524.2×1018/m3
b) 2.4961×1018/m3
c) 2.4961/m3
d) 2.4961/m
Ans: b
6. Which of the following is a three-level laser?
a) ND: YAG
b) Ruby
c) He-Ne
Ans: b
7. The lifetime of meta-stable state in a Ruby laser is ___________
a) 10-8s

STUDY ZONE
b) 10-6s
c) 10-3s
d) 10-2s
Ans: c
8. The ends of the ruby rod works as __________
a) Pumping source
b) Active medium
c) Cavity mirrors
d) Energy levels
Ans: c
9. The pumping mechanism used in Ruby rod is __________
a) Optical Pumping
c) Chemical pumping
d) Thermal pumping
Ans: a
10. In Ruby laser the output beam is emitted in the form of __________
c) Pulsed output
d) Exponentially decreasing intensity
Ans: c
11. What will be the relative population of atoms in a ruby layer that produces a light beam
of wavelength 6943 Å at 300 K.
a) 5 X 10-31
b) 6 X 10-31
c) 7 X 10-31
d) 8 X 10-31
Ans: d
12. What is the wavelength of the emitted laser in a Ruby laser?
a) 694 nm
b) 650 nm
c) 780 nm
d) 754 nm
Ans: a
13. The energy levels of which ion/atom/molecule are responsible for lasing action?
a) Al3+
b) Cr3+
c) Al2O3
d) Cr2O3

STUDY ZONE
Ans: b
14. Which of the following is a four-level laser?
a) ND: YAG
b) Ruby
c) He-Ne
d) Argon laser
Ans: c
15. Theoutput of He-Ne Laser is __________
a) It gives pulsed output
b) It gives a non-continuous laser beam
c) It gives a continuous laser beam
d) None of above
16. He-Ne laser is a type of ____________
a) Solid laser
b) Liquid laser
c) Gas laser
d) Diode laser
Ans: c
17. Which pumping method is used in He-Ne laser?
a) Optical Pumping
c) Chemical Pumping
d) Direct Conversion
Ans: b
18. The He-Ne laser operates at a wavelength of ____________
a) 540 nm
b) 632 nm
c) 690 nm
d) 717 nm
Ans: b
19. Pumping is done in order to achieve __________
a) Steady state
c) Equilibrium
d) Photon emission
Ans: b
20. What is the region enclosed by the optical cavity called?
a) Optical Region
b) Optical System

STUDY ZONE
c) Optical box
d) Optical Resonator
Ans: d

STUDY ZONE

B.Tech, II Semester
Re-PUE- Examination, (2020-21) Even Semester
Subject: Engineering Physics: Code: (KAS-201T )
Duration: 1.5 hrs (90mins) Max. Marks: 100
Section-A
Attempt all Questions of this section(2×50=100)
Q. No. Question M CO BL
ar
ks
1 What was the purpose of the Michelson–Morley experiment? 2 1 1
a) Determine the velocity of light.
b) Detect possible motion of the Earth relative to the sun.
c) Detect possible motion of the sun relative to the ether.
d) Detect possible motion of the Earth relative to the ether
2 2 1 1
What does this expression represent
a) Time dilation
b) relativistic factor
c) relativistic energy
d) length contraction
3 Describe what is meant by the sentence, “Simultaneity is not absolute.” 2 1 1
a) Events may appear simultaneous in all frames of reference.
b) Events may not appear simultaneous in all frames of reference.
c) The speed of light is not the same in all frames of reference.
d) The laws of physics may be different in different inertial frames of
reference.
4 What is the postulate having to do with the speed of light on which the 2 1 1
theory of special relativity is based?
a) The speed of light remains the same in all inertial frames of
reference.
b) The speed of light depends on the speed of the source emitting the
light.

STUDY ZONE
c) The speed of light changes with change in medium through which it

travels.
d) The speed of light does not change with change in medium
throughwhich it travels.
5 If an object reaches the speed of light, it‟s length changes to 2 1 2
a) Infinite
b) Double of the value
c) Half of the value
d) Zero
6 A spaceship, moving away from the Earth at a speed of 0.9c, fires a light 2 1 2
beam backward. An observer on Earth would see the light arriving at a
speed of
a) c
b) more than 0.1c but less than c.
0.1c.
c) more than c but less than 1.9c.
7 A frame of reference has four coordinates, x, y, z, and t is referred to as 2 1 1
the
8 A man, who weighs 60 kg on earth, weighs 61 kg on a rocket, as 2 1 2
a) 2.5  108 m/s
b) 2.5  107 m/s
c) 5.5  107 m/s
d) 5.5  108 m/s
9 If our velocity is zero, then 2 1 1
a) t = 0
b) t = t0
c) t = 2t0
d) t is infinite

STUDY ZONE
10 The length of a rod seems shorter to an observer when it moves in a 2 1 1

specific direction. What change would he observe when the direction of
rod changes by 180o?
a) The rod becomes even smaller
b) The length of the rod increases
c) The length of the rod remains the same
d) The rod has the length equal to its proper length
11 An object of rest mass 6 Kg is moving with a speed of 0.8c. Its effective 2 1 2
mass is
a) 6 Kg
b) 8 Kg
c) 10 Kg
d) 12 K
12 Two photon came towards each other with speed c with respect to 2 1 2
a) c
b) 0.98c
c) .998c
d) None of these
13 Massless particle has 2 1 1
a) m=0
b) m0=0
c) m0 = 
d) None of these
14 What are the properties of ether? 2 1 1
a) High Elasticity
b) Low Elasticity
c) High density
d) All of above
15 Rest mass of photon of energy 3eV is 2 1 1
a) 0
b) 1
c) 5.3 10-36 Kg

STUDY ZONE
d) 5.3 10-27 Kg
16 According to Einstein Special Theory of Relativity, all Physical laws are 2 1 1
a) Moving with changing velocities.
b) Moving with accelerated systems
c) Moving with constant velocity
d) All of these
17 The Poynting vector is associated with 2 2 1
a) Flux in Magnetic Field
b) Power flow in Electromagnetic field
c) Current in electrostatic field
d) Charge in electromagnetic field
18 Electromagnetic waves carry 2 2 1
a) only energy
b) only momentum
c) both energy and momentum
d) none of these
19 In an EM wave, electric field E and magnetic field B are 2 2 1
a) Mutually perpendicular to each other
b) all parallel
c) at 45° to each other
d) at 60° to each other
20 SI Unit of the displacement current density is 2 2 1

2
a) Ampere/metre
b) Ampere-metre2
c) Fm-1
d) Ampere
21 The wave impedance of free space is 2 2 1
a) 1
b) 120 πΩ
c) 37.7 Ω
d) 20 πΩ

STUDY ZONE
22 The concept of displacement current is given by 2 2 1

a) Maxwell
b) Hertz
c) Marconi
d) Bose
23 The displacement current arises due to 2 2 1
a) positive charges only
b) negative charges only
c) both positive and negative charges
d) ) time varying electric field
24 Poynting vector has the dimensions 2 2 1
a) watts/metre2
b) watts/metre
c) watts-metre
d) watts-metre2
25 An accelerated charge 2 2 1
a) emits an electromagnetic wave
b) does not emit an electromagnetic wave
c) produces a gravitational field
d) none of the above
26 The time varying electric field produces magnetic field is given by the 2 2 1
following law
a) Faraday‟s law
b) Modified Ampere’s law
c) Biot-Savart law
d) Lenz‟s law
27 A free electron is placed in the path of a plane electromagnetic wave 2 2 1
a) it will start moving along magnetic field
b) it will be destroyed
c) it will start moving along electric field
d) it will remain stationary

STUDY ZONE
28 The equation of continuity is: 2 2 1

a)an integral form of charge conservation law
b)differential form of charge conservation law
c)both of the above
d)none of the above
29 The S.I unit of displacement current is: 2 2 1
a) Henry
b) Coulomb
c) Farad
d) Ampere
30 The polarization of e-m wave is 2 2 1
a) The direction of electric and magnetic field

b) The direction of magnetic field
c) None of these
d) The direction of electric field
31 Which of the following is a scalar quantity? 2 2 1

a) Electric displacement density
b) Potential in electric field
c) Electric field strength
d) None of these
32 Relation between pointing vector and energy density in scalar form is 2 2 1
a) S = uc
b) S = u/c
c) S = u/c2
d) S = 1/uc
33 An iron rod is heated. The colors at different temperatures are noted. 2 3 1

Which of the following colors shows that the iron rod is at the lowest
temperature?
a) Red
b) Orange
c) White

STUDY ZONE
d) Blue
34 Small body has a total emissive power of 4.5 kW/m2. Determine its 2 3 1
surface temperature of maximum emission
a) 530.77 K
b) 345.65 K
c) 236.54 K
d) 367.8 K
35 The energy emitted by a black surface should not vary in accordance 2 3 1

with
a) Wavelength
b) Temperature
c) Surface characteristics
d) Time
36 Likewise the amount of emitted radiation is strongly influenced by the 2 3 1

wavelength even if temperature of the body is
a) Constant
b) Increasing
c) Decreasing
d) It is not related with temperature
37 Wave function must have ________ Norm 2 3 2
a) infinite
b) zero
c ) finite
d) complex
38 The walls of a particle in a box are supposed to be ____________ 2 3 2

c) Soft and Small

STUDY ZONE
39 The Energy of the particle is proportional to __________ 2 3 1

a) n
b) n-1
c) n2
d) n-2
40 Calculate the Zero-point energy for a particle in an infinite potential well 2 3 3

for an electron confined to a 1 nm atom.
a) 3.9 X 10-19 J
b) 4.9 X 10-19 J
c) 5.9 X 10-19 J
d) 6.9 X 10-19 J
41 The square of the magnitude of the wave function is called_________ 2 3 1
a) Current density
b) probability density
c) zero density
d) volume density
42 Compton shift depends on which of the following? 2 3 2

43 Protons and alpha particles have the same de-Broglie wavelength. What 2 3 1
is same for both of them?
a) Energy
b) Time period
c) Frequency
d) Momentum

STUDY ZONE
44 Rayleigh-Jean‟s law holds good for which of the following? 2 3 1

c) High temperature
d) High energy.
45 What is Compton shift? 2 3 1

a) Shift in frequency
b) Shift in charges
c) Shift in radiation
d) Shift in wavelength
46 The walls of a particle in a box are supposed to be ____________ 2 3 1

c) Soft and Small
47 Calculate the de-Broglie wavelength of an electron which has been 2 3 3

accelerated from rest on application of potential of 400volts.
a) 0.1653 Å
b) 0.5125 Å
c) 0.6135 Å
d) 0.2514 Å
48 Which of the following is not a characteristic of wave function? 2 3 1

a) Continuous
b) Single valued
c) Differentiable
49 Calculate the thickness of the thinnest film of refractive index 1.5 in 2 4 2

which violet component of 4000 Angstrom of incident light can take
place by reflection:
a) 66.66nm
b) 6.666nm

STUDY ZONE
c) 0.666nm
d) 666.6nm
50 The Resolving power of diffraction Grating is 2 4 1
a) nN
b) n/N
c) N/n
d) None of above
51 When a soap film is illuminated with white light from a point source then 2 4 2
a) No fringes are formed

b) Coloured Fringes are formed
c) Dark and Bright Fringes are formed
d) Yellow Fringes are formed
52 If air film in Newton‟s rings experiment is replaced by another medium 2 4 2

of larger refractive index the diameter of bright rings
a) decreases
b) increases
c) Remains same
d) None of above
53 The phenomenon of diffraction can be understood using 2 4 1

a) Fresnel
b) Huygens Principle
c) Heisnberg principle
d) Fraunhoffer
54 In Fraunhofer diffraction the incident Wave front is 2 4 2
a) Plane Wave fronts
b) Spherical Wave fronts
c) Cylindrical Wave fronts
d) Elliptical
55 The Intensity of Principal Maxima in Diffraction Grating is directly 2 4 1
Proportional to.
a) N2

STUDY ZONE
b) 1/N2
c) N
d) nN
56 The centre of Newton‟s rings formed due to transmitted light is: 2 4 1
a) Bright
b) Dark
57 What happens when the slit separation increases in case of diffraction 2 4 1

due to single slit
a) Central peak becomes sharper
b) Central peak becomes wider
c) No change in central peak pattern
d) None of above
58 Calculate the angle at which the first dark band is formed in the 2 4 3
Fraunhoffer diffraction pattern of slit 0.4 mm wide (λ = 5890 Å)
a) 0.084o
b) 0.84 o
c) 0.048 o
d) 0.112o
59 As „N‟ increases in Diffraction Grating the intensity of Secondary 2 4 1
Maxima relative to Principal Maxima
a) Decreases
b) Increases
c) Remains same
d) None of above
60 Calculate the least width that a grating must have to resolve the 2 4 3
components of D lines (5890 and 5896 Å) in the third order. The grating
has 800 line per cm.
a) 0.409 cm
b) 0.614 cm
c) 0.489 cm
d) 0.146 cm
61 The diameters of dark rings in Newton‟s ring arrangement are 2 4 1

STUDY ZONE
proportional to
a) n
b) (2n+1)
c) n2
d) Square root of n
62 Newton‟s rings are 2 4 1
a) Loci of points of equal thickness

b) Loci of points of equal inclination
c) Loci of points of equal thickness and equal inclination
d) None of these
63 Thin films of oil and soapy water show their brilliant colours due to 2 4 1
a) Interference
b) Diffraction
c) Polarization
d) None of these
64 In Newton‟s ring experiment, the diameter of the 10th dark ring is 0.433 2 4 2
cm. Find the wavelength of incident light, if the radius of curvature of the
lens in 70 cm
a) 6695 Å
b) 6956 Å
c) 6596 Å
d) 6659 Å
65 Which of the following pumping is required for He-Ne laser? 2 5 1
a) Optical Pumping
b) Electric Discharge Method
c) Chemical Pumping
d) All of the above
66 Which of the following pumping is required for Ruby laser? 2 5 1

a) Optical Pumping
b) Electric Discharge Method
c) Chemical Pumping
d) All of the above

STUDY ZONE
67 In an optical fibre light stay inside the: 2 5 1

a) Cladding
b) Core
c) Protective Jacket
d) Any of the above
68 Which of the following are required for laser action: 2 5 1

a) Stimulated emission
b) Pumping
c) Metastable state
d) All of the above
69 Which of the following differentiates between laser and ordinary light? 2 5 1

a) Directionality
b) Intensity
c) Coherence
d) All of the above
70 The principle of optical fibre is: 2 5 1
a) Total Internal Reflection
b) Diffraction
c) Dispersion
d) Interference
71 The Probability of Spontaneous Emission must be negligible in 2 5 1

comparison to the Probability of Stimulated Emission
a) True
b) False
72 Calculate the fractional difference between core and cladding refractive 2 5 2
indices for a step index fiber having core and cladding refractive indices
1.55 and 1.45 respectively
a) 0.0645
b) 0.645
c) 0.465

STUDY ZONE
d) 0.546
73 Calculate the energy of a photon of a laser beam of wavelength 6500 2 5 2
Angstrom
a) 1.90 eV
b) 1.96 eV
c) 1.69 eV
d) 1.73 eV
74 Which fiber is used for long distance communication 2 5 2
a) Single mode fiber
b) Step index multimode fiber
c) Graded index multimode fiber
d) None of above
75 Compute the numerical aperture and the acceptance angle of an optical 2 5 2
fibre if core refractive index is 1.50 and cladding refractive index is 1.48.
a) 0.244 and 14 degree
b)0.2225 and 14 degree
c) 0.2524 and 13 degree
d)0.5242 and 15 degree
76 The output in Ruby laser is in the form of: 2 5 1

b) Continuous beam
c) Pulsated output
d) Both continuous and pulsated beam
77 The lifetime of excited atom in normal energy state is more than in the 2 5 1
metastable state.
a) True
b) False
78 The output in He-Ne laser is in the form of: 2 5 2
b) Continuous beam
c) Pulsated output

STUDY ZONE
d) Decreasing intensity beam

79 Laser action in He-Ne laser is due to: 2 5 1
a) Ne atom
b) He atom
c) Both atoms
d) None of them
80 For TIR 2 5 1
a) Angle of incidence must be greater than critical angle
b) Angle of incidence must be less than critical angle
c) Angle of incidence must be equal to critical angle

STUDY ZONE
Multiple Choice Questions (MCQ), UNIT-I

1. Michelson and Morley experiment showed that
(a) Newtonian mechanics is correct for all low and high velocities
(b) there is an absolute ether frame
(c) there is no absolute ether frame, but all frames are relative
(d) velocity of light is relative in all cases
2. Two photon approach each other, their relative velocity will be
(a) (b) zero (c (d)
3. An inertial frame is
(a) accelerated (b) decelerated (c) moving with uniform velocity or at
rest (d) may be accelerated, decelerated or moving with constant
velocity
4. Michelson Morley experiment proved that
(b) there is no preferred frame like ether
(c) earth is inertial frame
(d) earth is a non-inertial frame
5. “ All the inertial frames are equivalent” this statement is called the
principle of
(a) Relative motion (b) equivalence (c) inertia (d) correspondence
6. Special theory of relativity deals with the events in the frame of
reference which moves with constant speed
(a) speed (b) velocity (c) acceleration (d) momentum
7. Michelson Morley experiment to the presence of ether is based on the
phenomenon of:
(a) Interference (b) diffraction (c) polarisation (d) dispersion
8. According to relativity, the length if a rod in motion:
(d) may be more or less than or equal to rest length depending on the
speed of rod.
9. If , the length of rod in motion is:

STUDY ZONE
(a) Zero (b) equal to proper length (c) less than proper length (d) more
than proper length
10.Which of the statement is correct for mass-energy equivalence:
(a) (b) ⁄ for
(b) (d)
11.According to special theory of relativity
(a) Speed of light is relative
(b) Speed of light is same in all inertial frame
12.The velocity at which the kinetic energy of a particle is equal to the rest
mass energy is:
(a) (b) (c) √ (d) √
13.Decay of µ–meson supports
(a) length contraction (b) time dilation (c) relativity mass (d) relativity of
energy
14.Total energy of photon having momentum of 2.00 MeV/
(a) 2.00 MeV (b) 2.064 MeV (c) 0 (d) 1 MeV
15.Speed of a particle having energy exactly twice its rest energy is equal
to:
(a) √ /4 (b) √ /2 (d) (d) √
16.The measurement of the decay rate of Fe-57 nuclei, supports;
(a) length contraction (b) twin paradox (c) variation of mass (d) variation
of energy
17.which of the following shows the evidence of mass and energy;
(a) creation of µ-mesons (b) Mössbouer resonance (c) annihilation of
matter (d) none of these
18.The relation between total energy and relativistic momentum is:
(a) (b) (c)
(e)
19.Particle for which the rest mass is zero is:
(a) photon (b) proton (c) phonon (d) neutron
20.A particle is moving with 20% of the velocity of light. Its relativistic mass
is………….. times the rest mass

STUDY ZONE
21.The Lorentz transformation equations will reduce to Galilean

transformations when:
(a) Velocity is very large (b) velocity is very low (c) reduction is velocity
independent (d) none of these
22.Theory of relativity is valid when:
(a) object is moving with large velocity
(b) observer is moving with large velocity
(c) both (a) and (b) are true
(d) both (a) and (b) are false
23.Which of the following quantity is variant under Galilean transformation:
(a) length contraction (b) acceleration (c) velocity (d) mass
Answer Key
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
c d c b a b a c a b
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
b c b a b b c d a b
21 22 23
b c c

STUDY ZONE
Important points
 The frame of reference in which Newton’s law are not valid are called
non-inertial frame of reference
 The presence of µ-mesons on the surface of earth shows that time
dilation is real effect
 The rest mass of particle which travels with the speed of light is zero
 A particle of rest mass moves with speed √ , its mass can be
given 1.41
 The speed of a particle whose total energy is exactly twice its rest energy
is 0.866
 The rest mass of photon is zero
 The total energy of a moving particle is the sum if kinetic energy of
motion and rest energy
 For massless particle like photon the total energy is
 The frames of reference in which Newton’s law holds are called inertial
frames
 The relative velocity between the earth and the earth is zero
 The volume of a cube, the proper length of each edge of which is ,
when it is moving with a velocity along one of its edge can be given as

STUDY ZONE
www.aktutor.in
Michelson – Morley Experiment
1. Which of the following were one of the conclusions of the Michaelson Morley
experiment?
a) All laws of physics remain invariant in all inertial frames
b) Light propagates with different speeds in different directions
c) Ether has no observable properties
d) The velocity of light in free space is constant
Answer: c
Explanation: In Michaelson Morley experiment, the aim was to find the time
difference from which the relative velocity between ether and the earth could be
estimated. However, no shift was observed. Hence it proved, that ether has no
observable properties and that velocity of light is same in all directions.
2. The result of the Michaelson Morley experiment was as expected.

a) True
b) False
Answer: b
Explanation: When Michaelson Morley experiment was conducted, it was expected
that light would propagate with different speeds in different directions as viewed
from earth. But the result proved otherwise.
3. The device used in the Michaelson Morley experiment was ______

a) Telescope
b) Plain Grating
c) Interferometer
d) Prism
Answer: c
Explanation: Interferometers are for measuring the interference properties of light
waves. It gives very accurate and precise measurements. It is due to this purpose,
that it was used in Michaelson Morley experiment, so as to be able to measure the
fringe shift that occurs when light is propagated in different directions.
4. How much shift was expected in Michaelson-Morley experiment?

a) 0.01
b) 0.02

STUDY ZONE
www.aktutor.in
c) 0.03
d) 0.04
Answer: d
Explanation: Michaelson designed a special device that would have accuracy far
exceeding any other device. It was called Michaelson Interferometer. Using a light of
wavelength 600 nm, a fringe shift of 0.04 was expected.
5. The fringes of equal inclination produced by using Michaelson Interferometer are

called as ____
a) Equi-inclination Fringes
b) Michaelson’s Fringes
c) Haidinger’s Fringes
d) Morley’s Fringes
Answer: c
Explanation: By using Michaelson Interferometer, fringes of equal inclination are
obtained. These fringes are called as Haidinger’s fringes. All the fringes are
concentric circles.
6. When the movable mirror of a Michaelson Interferometer is shifted through

0.0589 mm, 200 fringes cross the field. What is the wavelength of the light?
a) 5890 Å
b) 5245 Å
c) 4965 Å
d) 6894 Å
Answer: a
Explanation: Here, d = 0.0589 X 10-3m, n = 200
Therefore, λ=2dn
= 2 X 0.0589 X 10-3/200
= 5890 Å
7. When a thin plate of refractive index 1.5 is placed in the path of one of interfering
beams of Michaelson Interferometer, a shift of 30 fringes is observed. If the
thickness of plate is 0.018 mm, the wavelength of the used light is ____
a) 4000 Å
b) 5000 Å
c) 6000 Å
d) 7000 Å

STUDY ZONE
www.aktutor.in
Answer: c
Explanation: Here, μ = 1.5, n = 30, t = 1.8 X 10-5m
Path difference due to the glass plate = 2(μ- 1) t
2(μ- 1) t = nλ
λ = 2(μ- 1) t/n
= 2 X 0.5 X 1.8 X 10-5/30
= 6000 Å.
8. In Michaelson interferometer, the position of mirror read 0.6025mm and

0.8970mm for a pair of consecutive bright. Mean wavelength of light is 5393 Å. The
difference between the two wavelengths is ___
a) 3 Å
b) 4 Å
c) 5 Å
d) 6 Å
Answer: d
Explanation: d = 0.8970 – 0.6025 = 0.2945 mm
= 2.945 X 10-4m
λ = 5893 X 10-10m
λ2–λ1 = λ22d
= 5893 X 5893 X 10-20/2 X 2.945 X 10-4
= 6 Å.
9. When a plate of thickness 0.05 mm is placed in the path of a Michaelson

Interferometer, a shift of 100 fringes is observed for a light of wavelength 5000 Å.
What is the refractive index of the plate?
a) 1
b) 1.5
c) 2
d) 2.5
Answer: b
Explanation: We know, μ = nλ/2t + 1
Here, λ = 5000 Å = 5 X 10-7 m, n = 100, t = 0.05 mm = 5 X 10-5m
Therefore, μ = 100 X 5 X 10-7/2 X 5 X 10-5 + 1
μ = 1.5

STUDY ZONE
www.aktutor.in
10. Identify X.
a) Silvered Mirror
b) Thin sheet
c) Semi-silvered mirror
d) Fluorescent screen
Answer: c
Explanation: X is semi-silvered mirror. It is used so that the incident light could be
divided into two parts of equal intensity. One beam is reflected while one is
transmitted across it. It is inclined at an angle of 45°.
Einstein’s Special Theory of Relativity

1. As an object approaches the speed of light, it’s mass becomes _____________
a) Zero
b) Double
c) Remains Same
d) Infinite
Answer: d
Explanation: We know, for an object in motion m=m01−V2c2√
Thus, as v = c, the quantity in denominator becomes zero. Hence the mass of the
object becomes infinite.
2. If the sun radiates energy at the rate of 4 x 1026 Js-1, what is the rate at which its
mass is decreasing?
a) 5.54 x 109 kgs-1

STUDY ZONE
www.aktutor.in
b) 4.44 x 109 kgs-1

c) 3.44 x 109 kgs-1
d) 2.44 x 109 kgs-1
Answer: b
Explanation: As we know from Einstein’s mass energy relation, E = mc2.
Therefore, ΔE= Δmc2
ΔE = 4 x 1026 Js-1, c = 3 x 108 ms-1.
Δm = 4 x 1026 Js-1/ 9 x 1016m2s-2
Δm = 4.44 x 109 kgs-1.
3. The orbit of mercury is changing slightly due to the sun’s gravity.

a) True
b) False
Answer: a
Explanation: According to Einstein’s theory of relativity, a massive object distorted
space and time. Thus, due to the curvature of space-time around the massive sun,
the orbit of mercury is shifting gradually over time.
4. According to Einstein’s Special Theory of Relativity, laws of physics can be

formulated based on ____________
d) Quantum State
Answer: a
Explanation: One of the postulates of Einstein’s Special Theory of Relativity states
that all the inertial frames are equivalent to the formulation of laws of physics. Thus,
it is suitable for all the inertial frames.

a) moc2
b) mo2c4
c) moc4
d) mo2c6
Answer: b
Explanation: We know, E = mc2 and momentum, p = mv

STUDY ZONE
www.aktutor.in
Now, E2 – p2c2 = m2c4 – m2v2c2

Now, we know, m = m01−V2c2√
Therefore, E2 – p2c2 = m2c4(1-v2/c2)
=c4m2(1-v2/c2)
Using, m2(1-v2/c2) = mo2 we get
E2 – p2c2 = mo2c4.
6. A frame of reference has four coordinates, x, y, z, and t is referred to as

the_____________
Answer: c
Explanation: Such a frame, having four coordinates of x, y, z and time t is called the
space-time frame. It plays a major role in Einstein’s special theory of relativity.
7. The momentum of a photon having energy 1.00 X 10-17 J is ____________

a) 2.33 X 10-26 kg m/s
b) 3.33 X 10-26 kg m/s
c) 4.33 X 10-26 kg m/s
d) 5.33 X 10-26 kg m/s
Answer: b
Explanation: Now, the rest mass of a photon is zero.
Therefore, it’s momentum, p = E/c
= 1.00 X 10-17/3 X 108
= 3.33 X 10-26 kg m/s.

STUDY ZONE
www.aktutor.in
8. Which effect is shown by the following figure?
a) Gravitational Redshift
b) Gravitational Blueshift
c) Gravitational Lensing
d) Gravitational force
Answer: c
Explanation: Gravitational lensing refers to the distribution of matter between the
light source and the observer such that it can bend the light coming from the source
to the observer. According to Einstein’s theory of special relativity, it happens
because a massive object can alter the space-time frame around itself.
Lorentz Transformation Equations
1. A rod of length 5 m is moving at a speed of 0.6 c. To an observer sitting

perpendicular to the direction of motion, the length appears to be _______________
a) 5 m
b) 4 m
c) 3 m
d) 2 m
Answer: a
Explanation: In Lorentz Length transformation, there is no change in the dimensions
of the objects in the direction perpendicular to the direction of motion. Thus, to the
observer, the length remains the same.

STUDY ZONE
www.aktutor.in
2. A 20-year-old person goes at a high speed in a rocket on his birthday. when he

comes back to earth after 1 earth year, he would be ___________
a) 1 year older
b) 2 years older
c) A few months older
d) Same age
Answer: c
Explanation: When a person is going around at high speed, time dilation takes place.
For that person, the time starts running slowly. Thus, as 1 earth year has passed
away but for that person, it must have been only a few months.
3. An object of length 1 m is moving at speed 0.5c. To an observer at rest relative to

the object, the length of the object seems to be ___________
a) 0.86 m
b) 0.5 m
c) 1 m
d) 0.14 m
Answer: c
Explanation: The observer at rest relative to the object does not notice any kind of
contraction of length of the object. It is so because the scale with which he
measures will also get contracted by the same amount.
Law of Addition of Velocities

1. Lorentz transformations are based on the principle of consistency of the velocity
of light.
a) True
b) False
Answer: a
Explanation: In Lorentz transformation, if the particle is moving with the velocity of
light in a frame, it’s velocity as observed from another frame remains c. This proves
that Lorentz transformation is based on the principle of consistency of light.
2. In Lorentzian relativity, if two events are simultaneous for one observer, they will
be simultaneous for all other observers as well.
a) True
b) False

STUDY ZONE
www.aktutor.in
Answer: b
Explanation: In Newtonian and Galilean relativity, the above-stated condition is
followed. However, in Lorentzian relativity, if two events occur simultaneously at the
instant t at x1 and x2, then the two events are not simultaneous.
Mass Energy Relation
This set of Engineering Physics Multiple Choice Questions & Answers (MCQs)
focuses on “Mass Energy Relation”.
1. The basic theorem/principle used to obtain mass-energy relation is _____________

a) Heisenberg’s Uncertainty Principle
b) Work-Energy Theorem
c) Momentum Conservation Theorem
d) Maxwell Theorem
Answer: b
Explanation: To derive Einstein’s mass-energy relation, the basic principle used is
Work-Energy Theorem. It states that the kinetic energy of a moving body is equal to
the work done by the external force on the body from rest.
2. Which of the following is Einstein’s mass energy relation?

a) Ek = (m – m0)c2
b) E = mc2
c) E2 – p2c2 = m02c4
d) Ek = mv2/c2
Answer: b
Explanation: E = mc2 is the famous Einstein mass-energy relation. It states a
universal equivalence between mass and energy.
3. For Pair Production phenomenon to occur to photon must have energy, greater
than or equal to ____________
a) 0.51 MeV
b) 1.02 MeV
c) 0.32 MeV
d) 0.85 MeV

STUDY ZONE
www.aktutor.in
Answer: b
Explanation: In Pair Production, a proton with energy, greater than or equal to 1.02
MeV is required to create a pair of electron and positron. 1.02 MeV is the minimum
required energy for their creation.
4. Which of the following is the momentum-energy relation?

a) E2 – p2c2 = m02c2
b) E2 – p2c2 = m02c4
c) E2 – p2c2 = m02c3
d) E2 – p2c2 = m0c2
Answer: b
Explanation: Einstein’s famous momentum-energy relation shows that a particle
may have energy and momentum even if its rest mass is zero, i.e., if m0 = 0.
5. If a star radiates energy at the rate of 5 x 1020 Js-1, what is the rate at which its
mass is decreasing?
a) 5.54 x 109 kgs-1
b) 4.44 x 109 kgs-1
c) 3.44 x 109 kgs-1
d) 2.44 x 109 kgs-1
Answer: a
Explanation: As we know from Einstein’s mass energy relation, E = mc2.
Therefore, ΔE = Δmc2
ΔE = 5 x 1020 Js-1, c = 3 x 108 ms-1.
Δm = 5 x 1020 Js-1/ 9 x 1016m2s-2
Δm = 5.54 x 103 kgs-1.
7. What will be the rest energy of an electron?

a) 0.41 MeV
b) 0.51 MeV
c) 0.61 MeV
d) 0.71 MeV
Answer: b
Explanation: We Know, rest energy = mc2
Here, m = 3.1 X 10-31 kg, c = 3 X 108 m/s
Therefore, E = 9.109 X 10-31 kg X 9 X 1016 m2/s2

STUDY ZONE
www.aktutor.in
= 8.198 X 10-14 J
= 0.51 MeV.
8. The binding energy of an electron to a proton (i.e., hydrogen atom) is 13.6 eV. The
loss of mass in the formation of one atom of hydrogen is _____________
a) 2.42 X 10-35 Kg
b) 3.34 X 10-35 Kg
c) 4.58 X 10-35 Kg
d) 5.19 X 10-35 Kg
Answer: a
Explanation: E = 13.6 eV = 13.6 X 1.6 X 10-19 J
Using Einstein’s Mass-energy relation, the loss of mass Δm = E/c2
Δm = 13.6 X 1.6 X 10-19/9 X 1016
= 2.42 X 10-35 Kg.
9. The momentum of a photon having energy 10-17J is ____________

a) 1.11 X 10-26 Kg m/s
b) 2.22 X 10-26 Kg m/s
c) 3.33 X 10-26 Kg m/s
d) 4.44 X 10-26 Kg m/s
Answer: c
Explanation: We know that the rest mass of a photon is zero.
Therefore, from the momentum-energy relation
P = E/c = 10-17/3 X 108
= 3.33 X 10-26 Kg m/s.

STUDY ZONE
www.aktutor.in
10. Which phenomenon is shown in the figure?
a) Pair Production
b) Photoelectric Effect
c) Compton effect
d) Pair annihilation
Answer: d
Explanation: In the figure, an electron and a positron annihilate each other and
release the equivalent amount of energy. This process is called Pair annihilation.
Mass Variation with Velocity
1. The rest mass of a photon is equal to ___________

a) Gravitational mass
b) Relativistic mass
c) Inertial mass
d) Zero
Answer: d
Explanation: A photon is defined as a quantum of energy. It travels with the sped of
light and is said to have no rest mass.

STUDY ZONE
www.aktutor.in
2. Which basic law is used for the derivation of mass variation with velocity?
a) Law of conservation of Energy
b) Law of conservation of Kinetic Energy
c) Law of conservation of Momentum
d) Law of conservation of mass
Answer: c
Explanation: The law of conservation of momentum is used for the derivation of the
formula. It is assumed that two particles in a frame collides elastically and are
rebounded.
3. The speed of light is a limiting velocity, unattainable by a material body.

a) True
b) False
4. The lowest possible mass of a particle is its _____________

a) Relativistic mass
b) Inertial mass
c) Gravitational mass
d) Rest mass
5. If the direction of velocity is changed by 180o simultaneously, the mass would

_____________
a) Change simultaneously
b) Not Change
c) Increase
d) Decrease

STUDY ZONE
www.aktutor.in
6. Which of the following graph shows the correct variation of mass with velocity?
a)
b)

STUDY ZONE
www.aktutor.in
c)
d)

STUDY ZONE
www.aktutor.in
7. At what speed the mass of an object would be double its value at rest?
a) √2 c
b) c/√2
c) √3c/2
d) 2c/√3

a) 2.5 X 108 m/s
b) 2.5 X 107 m/s
c) 5.5 X 107 m/s
d) 5.5 X 108 m/s

STUDY ZONE
www.aktutor.in
9. An object of rest mass 6 Kg is moving with a speed of 0.8c. Its effective mass is
____________
a) 6 Kg
b) 8 Kg
c) 10 Kg
d) 12 Kg
10. A body is initially at rest. It explodes into two objects of mass 1 Kg and 2 Kg
moving with a speed of 0.6 times the speed of velocity each. What would be the
mass of the original body at rest?
a) 2 Kg
b) 2.5 Kg
c) 3.5 Kg
d) 3.75 Kg

STUDY ZONE
www.aktutor.in
Compton Effect
1. Which of the following is the characteristic of a black body?

a) A perfect absorber but an imperfect radiator
b) A perfect radiator but an imperfect absorber
c) A perfect radiator and a perfect absorber
d) A perfect conductor
Answer: c
Explanation: When the radiations are made to pass through a black body, it
undergoes multiple reflections and is completely absorbed. When it is placed in a
temperature bath of fixed temperature, the heat radiations will come out. Thus a
black body is a perfect absorber and a perfect reflector.
2. The energy distribution is not uniform for any given temperature in a perfect
black body.
a) True
b) False
Answer: a
Explanation: At different temperatures, when a perfect black body is allowed to emit
radiations, then the distribution of energy for different wavelengths at various
temperatures is not uniform.


STUDY ZONE
www.aktutor.in
c) High temperature
d) High energy
Answer: b
Explanation: According to this law, the energy distribution is directly proportional to
the absolute temperature and is inversely proportional to the fourth power of the
wavelength. Therefore longer the wavelength, greater is the energy distribution.
4. Wien’s displacement law holds good only for shorter wavelength.

a) False
b) True
Answer: b
Explanation: This law states that, the product of the wavelength, corresponding to
maximum energy and the absolute temperature, is constant. If ʎ is less, then 1/ʎ will
be great. Therefore e(hc/ʎKT) will be great.
5. Which of the following does not affect the photon?

a) Magnetic or electric field
b) Light waves
c) Gravity
d) Current
Answer: a
Explanation: Photons have no charge. They can interact with charged particles but
not with themselves. This is why photons are neutral and not affected by magnetic
or electric fields.
6. What is Compton shift?

a) Shift in frequency
b) Shift in charges
c) Shift in radiation
d) Shift in wavelength
Answer: d
Explanation: When a photon collides with an electron at rest, the photon gives its
energy to the electron. Therefore the scattered photon will have higher wavelength
compared to the wavelength of the incident photon. This shift in wavelength is
called Compton shift.

STUDY ZONE
www.aktutor.in

Answer: c
Explanation: From the theory of Compton effect it is deducted that change in
wavelength
Δʎ = h/mc (1-cosɵ). This equation shows that the change in wavelength is
independent of the incident radiation as well as the nature of scattering substance.
The shift depends only on the angle of scattering.
8. Which of the following is called as non-mechanical waves?

a) Magnetic waves
b) Electromagnetic waves
c) Electrical waves
d) Matter waves
Answer: b
Explanation: The waves which travel in the form of oscillating electric and magnetic
waves are called electromagnetic waves. Such waves do not require any material for
their propagation and are called non-mechanical waves.
9. Which of the following is associated with an electron microscope?

a) Matter waves
b) Electrical waves
c) Magnetic waves
d) Electromagnetic waves
Answer: a
Explanation: The waves associated with microscopic particles when they are in
motion are called matter waves. Electron microscope makes use of the matter
waves associated with fast moving electrons.
10. A radio station broadcasts its programme at 219.3 metre wavelength. Determine
the frequency of radio waves if velocity of radio waves is 3×108 m/s.
a) 7.31×10-7 Hz
b) 1.954×10-6 Hz

STUDY ZONE
www.aktutor.in
c) 1.368×106 Hz
d) 6.579×1010 Hz
Answer: c
Explanation: ʎ = velocity/frequency
Frequency = velocity/ʎ
Therefore, frequency = 1.368×106 Hz.
11. Calculate the de-Broglie wavelength of an electron which has been accelerated
from rest on application of potential of 400volts.
a) 0.1653 Å
b) 0.5125 Å
c) 0.6135 Å
d) 0.2514 Å
Answer: c
Explanation: de-Broglie wavelength = h/√(2×m×e×V)
De-Broglie wavelength = (6.625×10-14)/√(2×9.11×10-31×1.6×10-19×400)
Wavelength = 0.6135 Å.

STUDY ZONE
Multiple Choice Questions (MCQ), UNIT-III

1. Matter waves are;
(a) elastic waves (b) electromagnetic waves (c) shows diffraction (d)
transverse wave
2. The wavelength associated with a particle of mass m moving with
velocity is given by:

(a) = (b) = (c) = (d) =

3. The de-Broglie hypothesis is associated with;
(a) wave nature of electron only
(b) wave nature of -particle only
(c) wave nature of radiations
(d) wave nature of all material particles
4. de-Broglie wavelength of a material particle having kinetic energy, is
proportional to:
(a) √ (b) 1/√ (C) (d) 1/
5. The equation of motion of matter wave was derived by:
(a) Heisenberg (b) Bohr (c) de-Broglie (d) Schroedinger
6. If the momentum of particle is increased to four times, then the de-
Broglie wavelength will become;
(a) two times (b) four times (c) half times (d) one-fourth times
7. de-Broglie wavelength of an electron which has been accelerated from
rest through a potential difference of 100V is;
(a) 12.27 Å (b) 1.227 Å (c) 15 Å (d)1.5 Å
8. According to wave mechanics, a material particle is associated with:
(a) a single wave (b) a wave packet (c) progressive wave (d) light wave
9. The wavelength of the matter waves is independent of:
(a) mass (b) velocity (c) charge (d) momentum
10.Assuming the velocity to be same, which particle is having longest
wavelength:
(a) an electron (b) a proton (c) a neutron (d) an -particle

STUDY ZONE
Answer Key
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
(c) (a) (d) (b) (d) (d) (b) (b) (c) (a)

STUDY ZONE
Interference and Diffraction

1. Interference of light is evidence that :
A. The speed of light is very large
C. light is electromagnetic in character
2. In Newton's Ring experiments , the diameter of bright rings is proportional
to
B. Natural Number
3. In Newton's Ring experiments , the diameter of dark rings is proportional
to
B. Natural Number
4. A wavelength is commonly measured in which one of the following units?
A. Radians
B. Angstroms
C. Electron volts
D. Seconds
5. Extended source is needed in
D. None of them
6. The phenomenon of diffraction can be understood using
A. Huygens principle
B. Fraunhofer
C. Uncertainty principle
D. Fresnel
Engineering Physics 1
STUDY ZONE
7. Whose principle or law states that each point on a wave front may be
considered a new wave source? Is it:
A. Snell's Law
B. Huygens’s Principle
C. Young's Law
D. Hertz's Law.
8. What is the name of the process whereby waves travel around corners
and obstacles in their paths?
A. Reflection
B. Refraction
C Interference
D. Diffraction
9. In Fraunhofer diffraction, the incident wave front should be …..
A. elliptical
B. Plane
C. Spherical
D. Cylindrical
10. significant diffraction of X ray can be obtained
A. By a single slit
B. By a double slit
C. By diffraction
D. By Atomic crystal
11. A slit of width ‘a’ is illuminated by white light. For what value of ‘a’ will
the first minimum for red light fall at an angle of 300 wavelength of red
light is 6500 A0
A. 1.1 x 10 -3 cm
B. 1.4 X 10 -4 cm
C. 1.3 X 10 -4 cm
D. 1.6 X 10 -4 cm
12. The wave nature of light is demonstrated by which of the following?
A. The photoelectric effect
B. Color
C. The speed of light
D. Diffraction
STUDY ZONE
13. A grating has 6000 lines per cm. How many orders of light of wavelength
4500 A 0 can be seen?
A. 1
B. 2
C. 3
D. 4
14. Find the maximum value of resolving power of a grating 3 cm wide having
5000 lines per cm, if the wavelength of light used is 5890 A0.
A. 40000
B. 45000
C. 4500
D. 5000
15. In Fresnel diffraction
A. source of light is kept at infinite distance from the aperture
B. source of light is kept at finite distance from the aperture
C. Convex lens used
D. aperture width is selected so that it can acts as a point source
16. in the diffraction pattern using circular aperture , when the screen is brought
towards the aperture
A. the intensity of the screen is gradually increases.
B. the intensity of the screen is gradually decreases
C. the light is found to focus only to a fixed distance
D. Many points are observed where greater intensity is found
17. To find prominent diffraction , the size of diffraction object should be
A. greater than wavelength of light used
B. comparable to order of wavelength of light
C. less than wavelength of light used
D. none of these.
18. A color with a wavelength longer than that of yellow is:
A. Red
B. Blue
C. Violet
D. Green
STUDY ZONE
19. In plane transmission grating, the angle of diffraction for second order
maxima for wavelength 5 x 10 -5 cm is 30 0. Calculate the number of lines
in one centimeter of the grating surface.
A. 1000 lines/cm
B. 5000 lines/cm
C. 500 lines/cm
D. 10000 lines/cm
20. What is the highest order spectrum which may be seen with monochromatic
light of wavelength 5000 A0 by means of diffraction grating with 5000
lines/cm?
A. 2
B. 4
C. 8
D. 16
21. The first reflecting telescope was built by:
A. Galileo
B. Copernicus
C. Tyco Brahe
D. Isaac Newton
22. The critical angle for water (n = 1.33) in air is
A. 33° B. Not defined C. 49 0 D. 24 0
23. The dark lines constituting the absorption spectrum exhibited by sunlight
are frequently called:
A. Fresnel lines
B. Fraunhofer lines
C. Fermi lines
D. Franklin lines
24. A beam of white light is passed through a diffraction grating and the
resulting spectrum is allowed to fall on a screen. Which one of the
following is the color of light that undergoes the greatest deviation from its
original direction? Is it:
A. Red
B. yellow
C. Blue
D. violet
STUDY ZONE
25. When a light ray travelling in glass is incident on an air surface,

26. Light is
A. an electromagnetic wave
B. a form of energy visible to the human eye
C. the same type of energy as an X ray
D. the same type of energy as a radio wave
E. all of the above
27. What is the speed of light in glycerin (n = 1.47) expressed in terms of the
speed of light in a vacuum?
A. 2.04c
B. 1.47c
C. 0.680c
D. 1.00c
28. Which of the following does NOT travel in a vacuum?
A. Radio waves
B. Gamma rays
C. Magnetic waves
D. Sound waves
29. The region of the electromagnetic spectrum immediately above the
frequencies to which the human eye is sensitive is called:
A. I r
B. ultra-violet
C. r f
D. gamma ray
30. A beam of light is incident on a large block of glass. The index of refraction
of the glass is greater than one. Is the wavelength of the light in the glass?
A. Longer than
B. Shorter than
C. The same as the wavelength of the light in the air?
D. None of above
STUDY ZONE
31. The angle of incidence for a wave

A. can be measured between the incident ray and the normal
B. can be measured between the incident wave front and the boundary
C. is equal to the angle of reflection
D. all of the above
32. In Michelson ‘s interferometer 100 fringes cross the field view when the
movable mirror is displaced through 0.0248 mm. Calculate the wavelength
of monochromatic light used
A. 5896 A 0 B.5890 A 0 C.4000 A 0 D. 4890 A 0
33. In Newton's ring experiment, the diameter of the 15 th ring was found to be
0.590 and that of the 5 th ring was 0.336 cm. If the radius of Plano convex
lens is 100 cm, compute the wavelength of light used.
A. 5885 A 0 B. 5880 A o C. 5890 A o D.5850 A o
34. Second glass plate in Michelson ‘s Interferometer is known as
A. Extra glass plate C. Simple Glass Plate
B. Compensating glass plate D. None of these
35. In reflected light the central fringes of Newton's ring is
A. dark B. Bright C. Uniform D. Non uniform
36. A phase difference ∏ between two interfering beams is equivalent to the
path difference
A. 2 λ B. λ C. λ/2 D. λ/4
37. Which of the following does not support the wave nature of light
A. Interference C. Polarisation
B. Compton effect D. Diffraction
38. Colors in thin films are because of
A. Dispersion C. Interference
B. Compton effect D. Diffraction
39. As a wave travels down a spring, the amplitude slowly decreases. Why does
this occur?
A. The law of conservation of energy does not apply to waves.
B. The energy is spread out along the entire length of the spring.
C. The wave slows down as it travels along the spring.
D. Some energy is lost due to friction as the particles in the spring
rub against each other.
E. all of the above
STUDY ZONE
40. For single slit Diffraction, the path difference between the two ends of the
slit is
A. Δ = a Sin θ B. Δ = a Cos θ C. Δ = Cos θ D. Δ = 0
41. In a longitudinal wave,
A. The particles move parallel to the direction of the wave motion.
B. The particles move perpendicular to the direction of the wave motion.
C. Energy causes the particles to move forward with the wave.
D. Energy is propagated by crests and troughs.
42. The speed of any mechanical wave as it propagates through a medium is
dependent mainly on the
A. frequency of the wave source
B. wavelength
C. period of the wave
D. type of medium through which the wave travels
E. amplitude
43. In a Young's double-slit experiment the center of a bright fringe occurs
wherever waves from the slits differ in the distance they travel by a multiple
of:
A. a fourth of a wavelength
B. a half a wavelength
C. a wavelength
D. three-fourths of a wavelength
44. Light enters air from water. The angle of refraction will be
A. Greater than the angle of incidence.
B. Equal to the angle of incidence.
C. Less than the angle of incidence.
D. None of these
45. Rainbow is due to
A. absorption of sunlight in minute water droplets
B. diffusion of sunlight through water droplets
C. ionization of water deposits
D. refraction and reflection of sunlight by water droplets
STUDY ZONE
46. The speed of light in material A is 1.25 times as large as it is in material B.

What is the ratio of the refractive indices, µA /µB of these materials?
A.1.50 B.1.00 C.0.800 D.1.25
47. Radio telescopes are better than optical telescopes because
A. they can detect faint galaxies which no optical telescope can
B. they can work even in cloudy conditions
C. they can work during the day and night
D. All of the above
48. On a rainy day, small oil films on water show brilliant colors'. This is due to
A. dispersion B. interference C. diffraction D. Polarization
49. The critical angle for a beam of light passing from water into air is 48.8 °.
This means that all light rays with an angle of incidence greater than this
angle will be
A. absorbed B. totally reflected
C. Partially reflected and partially transmitted
D. Totally transmitted
50. The principle on which fiber optics is based is
A. refraction C. polarization
B. Dispersion. D. Total internal reflection
51. A monochromatic (single frequency, single wavelength) light ray in air
(n = 1) enters a glass prism (n = 1.5). In the glass prism
A. Both the frequency and the wavelength are the same as in air
B. The frequency is the same, but the wavelength is greater than in air.
C. The frequency is the same, but the wavelength is smaller than in air.
D. The wavelength is the same, but the frequency is greater than in air.
E. The wavelength is the same, but the frequency is smaller than in air.
52. An index of refraction less than one for a medium would imply
A. That the speed of light in the medium is the same as the speed of
light in vacuum
B. That the speed of light in the medium is greater than the speed of
light in vacuum
C. Refraction is not possible
D. Reflection is not possible
STUDY ZONE
53. The characteristic that distinguishes a laser beam from an ordinary light
beam is:
A. The greater frequency of the laser beam
B. The coherence of the laser beam
C. The color of the laser beam
D. The greater polarization of the laser beam
54. Light travels fastest
A. In a vacuum
B. through water
C. Through glass
D. through diamond
55. For all transparent material substances, the index of refraction
A. A.is less than 1
B. B.is greater than 1
C. C.is equal to 1
D. Could be any of the given answers; it all depends on optical density
56. An index of refraction less than one for a medium would imply
A. That the speed of light in the medium is the same as the speed of
light in vacuum
B. That the speed of light in the medium is greater than the speed of
light in vacuum
C. Refraction is not possible
D. Reflection is not possible
57. Coherent light of a single frequency passes through a double slit with a
separation d, to produce a pattern on a screen as distance D from the slits.
What would cause the separation between adjacent minima on the screen to
increase?
A. A. increase the index of refraction of the medium in which the
setup is immersed
B. increase the separation d between the slits
C. increase the distance
D. increase the frequency of the incident light
STUDY ZONE
58. When light passes from air into water, the frequency of the light remains
the same. What happens to the speed? And the wavelength of light as it
crosses the boundary in going from air into water?
Speed Wavelength
A. Increases Remains the same
B. Remains the same Decreases
C. Remains the same remains the same
D. Decreases Increases
E. Decreases Decreases
59. Optical fiber works on the
A. principle of refraction
B. total internal reflection
C. scattering
D. interference
60. The fringe width and the angle of wedge are related to
A. β=λ/2θ
B. θ =λ/2 β
C. β=λ/θ
D. λ= β/2θ
61. A diffraction grating is optically equivalent to a multiple slit system in
which the number of slit , N is typically
A.2000/cm B.3000/cm
C.5000/cm D.1000/cm
62. In Rayleigh law of scattering ,The intensity of scattered light is
proportional to
A. λ
B. λ -2
C. λ -4
D. λ-1
63. Resolving power of grating is given by
A. λ/2
B. λ/dλ
C. dλ/λ
D. none of these
STUDY ZONE
64. In Newton’s rings the central spot is __________.

A. Always bright
B. always dark
C. can be bright or dark
D. of blue color
65. The conditions for the production of constructive and destructive
interference are reversed due to the fact that on striking the thin film -------.
A. Two rays of splitted light undergo phase change of 180°
B. One of two rays of splitted light undergo phase change of 180°
C. Light is diffracted, light is polarized
66. When electromagnetic waves strike the boundary of denser medium they
are __________.
A. Reflected, in phase
B. Reflected out of phase by 180°
C. reflected, they are completely absorbed
67. In Michelson interferometer semi silvered mirror is used
To obtain __________.
A. Thin film interference
B. Phase coherence
C. mono chromatic light
D. colored fringe
68. Fresnel’s type diffraction is observed when __________.
A. Only screen is placed at finite distance
B. Only source is placed at finite distance
C. Both source and screen are at finite distance
D. Neither source nor screen is at finite distance
69. Fraunhofer diffraction is observed when __________.
A. Only screen is placed at finite distance
B. source is placed at finite distance
C. neither source nor screen is at finite distance
D. None of these
70. In Fraunhofer diffraction wave front used is __________.
A. Spherical B. Circular C. Plane D. Conical
71. In diffraction pattern of monochromatic light the bright bands formed
are __________.
A. of uniform intensity
B. of non-uniform intensity
C. of uniform width
D. is of different colors
STUDY ZONE
72. The points of constructive interference of light

are__________.
A. Always bright
B. may be bright or dark
C. always dark
D. neither bright nor dark
73. The diffraction observed by diffraction grating can also be
Termed as __________.
A. Single slit diffraction
B. double slit Diffraction
C. multiple Slit Diffraction
D. Fresnel’s Diffraction
74. The grating used to observe, diffraction of visible light can have
approximately __________.
A.300 lines per cm
B.3000 lines per cm,
C. 15000 lines per cm
D. 30 lines per cm
75. X-ray diffraction can be observed by using __________.
A. Diffraction Grating
B. Rock salt crystal
C. Convex lens
D. Michelson’s interferometer
76. The phenomenon of Newton’s rings can be used to check the __________.
A. Wavelength of monochromatic light
B. phase coherence of two sources
C. flatness of any glass surface
D. velocity of light
77. Two sources of light are said to be coherent if __________.
A. they produce waves of the same wave length
B. they have the same amplitude of vibration
C. they produce waves in the medium simultaneously
D. they produce waves of the same amplitude
78. as the order increases, the width of a dark band in diffraction
Patterns __________.
A. Increases
B. Decreases
C. Does not change
D. becomes infinity
STUDY ZONE
79. The path difference corresponding to a phase difference of π radian is

__________.
A.2λ
B .λ/2
C .λ /4
D. λ
80. __________ of the following phenomenon cannot be explained on the
particle nature of light.
A. Photo Electric Effect
B. Compton’s Effect
C. Pair Production
D. Interference
81. Fringe spacing is defined as the distance between two
Consecutive __________.
A. Crests
B. Bright fringes only
C. Dark fringes only
D. Bright or dark fringes
82. If we narrow the distance between two slits in Young’s experiment the
fringes width __________.
A. Increases
B. Decreases
C. Remains same
D. becomes zero
83. When Newton’s rings interference pattern is viewed from above by means
of reflected light, the central spot is __________.
A. Dark
B. Multi colored
C. Bright
D. None of these
84. There are two types of diffraction Fresnel and __________.
A. Michelson
B. De Broglie
C. Fraunhofer
D. Huygens
100. Diffraction is special type of __________.
A. Reflection
B. Refraction
C. Interference
D. Polarization
STUDY ZONE
101. Interference in thin film is mainly because of

A. Division amplitude
B. Division of wave fronts
C. Addition of amplitude
D. Addition of wave fronts
102. The interference in thin films is because
A. The film reflects some light
B. The film is thin enough so that refracted ray is close to reflected ray
C.
D. All of above
103. When a light wave suffers reflection at the interface between air and glass
medium, the change of phase of the reflected wave in air is equal to
A. 0 B. π
C.2 π D.π /2
104. A thin film having thickness t<<λ is seen in white light. It will appear
A. White B. Red
C. Black D. Violet
105. A wedge shaped thin has
A. Non-uniform thickness
B. Zero thickness at one end and it increasing towards other end
C. Zero thickness at both ends
D. Thickness increase and decrease alternately
106. What is the nature of interference pattern for thin film of wedge shaped
A. Concave outside B. Convex outside
C. Equally spaced D. Concave inside
107. Interference pattern is observed in wedge-shaped film for monochromatic
light. Now monochromatic light is replaced by white light. What will be the effect
on interference pattern?
A. It will turn to dark B. It will turn to bright
C. Bands will disappear D. It will be a mixture of all colors
108. Newton’s light illustrate the phenomenon of
A. Interference B. Diffraction
C. Dispersion D. Polarization
109. In Newton’s rings experiment, if we reduce the radius of curvature of Plano

convex lens to zero, what will be effect on Newton’s rings?
A. They will become brighter B. They will become darker
C. They will disappear D. They will be more dense
STUDY ZONE
110. Why in Newton’s rings the center spot is always dark?

A. The thickness of the film is zero at center
B. The path difference between incident ray and reflected ray is ½wavelength
C. The incident ray and reflected ray undergo destructive interference
D. All of above
111. Antireflection coating is helps in which case of the following?

A. Minimizing the reflection of light from top surface
B. To absorb and control the amount of light entering into the medium
C. To allow maximum light to reflect from top surface
D. To allow minimum light to enter into the medium
112. What should be the relation between refractive indices for antireflection
coating made over a glass surface?
A. Bair > Bfilm > Bglass
B. Bair < Bfilm < Bglass
C. Bair > Bfilm < Bglass
D. Bair < Bfilm > Bglass
113. In reference with antireflection coating which of the following statement is

true?
A. Thickness of the film should be changed for light of same wavelength but different
intensity
B. Thickness of the film need not be changed for light of same wavelength but
different intensity
C. Thickness of the film should be increased for light of same wavelength but higher
intensity
D. Thickness of the film should be decreased for light of same wavelength
but higher intensity
114. Which of the following condition is essential for observing Fraunhofer

diffraction?
A. Source must be close to slit and screen should be at infinite distance
B. Both source and screen must be close to slit
C. Source must be at infinity and screen should be close to the slit
D. Both source and screen must be at infinity
115. In diffraction Fraunhofer diffraction pattern due to single slit central maxima
is formed at center because:
A. Lens focuses all the diffracted rays at the centre of the slit
STUDY ZONE
B. Slit focuses all the diffracted rays at the centre of the slit
C. Light rays focused at the centre of the screen undergo constructive interference
D. Slit and lens both combined focuses the rays at the centre of the slit
116. In Fraunhofer diffraction pattern for single slit, a central maximum is obtained
when angle of diffraction q is equal to zero. What it actually indicates?
A. All the diffracted rays are parallel and focused by slit at a single point on screen
B. All the diffracted rays are perpendicular and focused by slit at a single point on screen
C. The rays are diffracted by the slit in all the directions
D. The rays are reflected by the slit
117. The condition for minima in Fraunhofer diffraction for single slit is
asinθ = mλWhat is ‘θ’?
A. Angle of incidence of incident rays at the slit
B. Angle at which diffracted rays strikes the screen
C. Angle between slit and screen
D. Angle of diffraction at which rays are diffracted at slit
118. How the intensity of secondary maxima varies in case of
Fraunhofer diffraction pattern for single slit?
A. Intensity of secondary maxima decreases on either sides
B. Intensity of secondary maxima remains constant on either side
C. Intensity increases and decreases alternately
D. Intensity of secondary maxima increases on either sides
119. Fraunhofer diffraction at a Plane Grating

What is the meaning of grating element for a diffraction grating?
A It is the width of a single slit
B. It is the width of the opaque space
C. It is the distance between two slits
D. It is the width of diffraction grating
120. What is the effect of increasing the number of slits on the intensity of
Central maxima of diffraction pattern of a diffraction grating?
A. Intensity of central maxima will decrease
B. Intensity of central maxima will increase
C. There will not be any effect
D. Diffraction pattern will disappear
121. The condition for maxima for Fraunhofer diffraction due to a slit is
d sinθ = nλ ,where d=grating element = (a+b). What is the effect
on diffraction pattern if d is reduced?
STUDY ZONE
A. The separation between maxima and minima will increase

B. The separation between maxima and minima will decrease
C. There will not be any effect on diffraction pattern
D. Maxima and minima will merge into each other
122. Diffraction due to circular aperture If a light passes through a small pinhole,
and incident on a screen. What will be observed on the screen?
A.A sharp bright point of the width equal to width the pinhole
B. A bright point of the width equal to width the pinhole but of less intensity
C. A bright ring at the centre surrounded by alternate dark and bright
rings
D. A diffused bright point
123. What is true for intensity of scattered light according to Rayleigh’s law?
A. The intensity for scattering for light of largest wavelength more
B. The light of smallest wavelength will be scattered more
C. All the wavelengths are scattered equally
D. Intensity of light is not affected by scattering
124. The number of lines on plane gratings is 5000. If it is illuminated

by a wavelength of light 6000 A0, how many orders will be visible?
A. 3 B. 3.33 C. 4 D. 2.0
125. A film is said to be thin if its thickness is

(a) Much smaller than wavelength of light
(b) Comparable with one wavelength of light
(c) Of the order of nanometer (10-9 m)
(d) Of the order of Pico meter (10-12 m)
126. To observe interference in thin films with a light of
wavelength λ, the thickness of the film
(a) Should be much smaller than λ
(b) Should be a few thousand times of λ
(c) Should be of the order of λ
(d) Should be of the order of nanometer
(a) Division amplitude
(b) Division of wave fronts
(c) Addition of amplitude
(d) Addition of wave fronts
STUDY ZONE
128. Which of the following phenomenon produces colors in

soap bubble?
(a) Interference (b) Diffraction
(c) Polarization (d) Dispersion
129.The interference in thin films is because

(a) The film reflects some light
(b) The film is thin enough so that refracted ray is
close to reflected ray
(c) The reflected ray undergo path change of λ/2
(d) All of above
130. If you look perpendicular at thin film and move yourself away
from the film (staying perpendicular to the film), you will notice
(a) Reflected light becomes brighter and brighter
(b) Reflected light becomes darker and darker
(c) Reflected light alternates between darker and brighter
(d) None of the Above
medium, the change of phase of the reflected wave in air is equal to
(a) 0 (b) π
(c) 2π (d) π/2
medium, the change of wavelength of the reflected wave in air is equal to
(a) 0 (b) λ/2
(c) λ (d) 2λ
133. A thin film having thickness t<<λ is seen in white light. It will appear
(a) White (b) Red
(c) Black (d) Violet
134. In interference experiment, monochromatic light is replaced by white light,
we will see
(a) Uniform illumination of screen
(b) Uniform darkness on the screen
(c) Equally spaced dark and white bands
(d) Few colored bands and then general illumination
STUDY ZONE
135. A thin film is observed in white light. The color of the film seen at a
particular point depends upon
(a)Location of observer
(b)Width of the source
(c) Distance of the source
(d) Brightness of the source
136. In interference experiment, by keeping all other parameters constant, if

you see the thin film interference from different angles, you will observe
(a)Uniform illumination of screen
(b) Uniform darkness on the screen
(c) Equally spaced dark and white bands
(d) Few colored bands and then general illumination
137. A wedge shaped thin has

(a) Non-uniform thickness
(b) Zero thickness at one end and it increasing towards other end
(c) Zero thickness at both ends
(d) Thickness increase and decrease alternately
138. In wedge shaped film the interference pattern has nature

(a) Parallel to the end where thickness is non-zero
(b) Perpendicular to contact edge
(c) Parallel to contact edge
(d) Perpendicular to the end where thickness is non-zero
139. What is the nature of interference pattern at the contact edge of wedge
shaped film
(a) Always bright
(b) Always dark
(c) Bright or dark depending upon the thickness of other end
(d) Bright or dark depending upon the wavelength of the light
140. What is the nature of interference pattern for thin film of wedge shaped
(a) Concave outside (b) Convex outside
(b) Equally spaced (d) Concave inside
141. In thin film of wedge shaped, by keeping all other parameters constant, if
only wavelength of incident light is increased. What will be the effect on
STUDY ZONE
bandwidth?
(a) Bandwidth increases (b) Bandwidth decreases
(c) Bands will merge (d) There will not any effect
142. Interference pattern is observed in wedge-shaped film and bandwidth is

noted. Now the thin film is replaced by the film of higher refractive index.
What will be the effect on bandwidth?
(c) Bands will merge (d) There will not any effect

noted.
Now the angle of wedge is reduced. What will be the effect on bandwidth?
(c) Bands will disappear (d) There will not any effect

noted. Now the angle of wedge is reduced to zero. What will be the effect on
Bandwidth?
(c) Bands will disappear (d) There will not any effect
145. Interference pattern is observed in wedge-shaped film for monochromatic

light. Now monochromatic light is replaced by white light. What will be the
effect on interference pattern?
(a) It will turn to dark (b) It will turn to bright
(c) Bands will disappear (d) It will be a mixture of all colors
146. The Radius (or diameter) of dark rings in Newton’s rings is

(a) Directly proportional to the square root of odd numbers
(b) Inversely proportional to the square root of natural numbers
(c) Directly proportional to the square root of even numbers
(d) Directly proportional to the square root of natural numbers
147. The Radius (or diameter) of bright rings in Newton’s rings is

(a) Directly proportional to the square root of odd numbers
(b) Inversely proportional to the square root of natural numbers
(c) Directly proportional to the square root of even numbers
(d) Directly proportional to the square root of natural numbers
STUDY ZONE
148. In Newton’s rings experiment, if monochromatic source of light is replaced

by another monochromatic source of higher wavelength. What will be the
effect on radius (or diameter)?
(a) Radius (or diameter) will decrease
(b) Radius (or diameter) will increase
(c) There will be no effect
(d) Radius (or diameter) will remain constant but there will be more
brightness
149. Newton’s rings experiment is performed with air gap between lens and plate.
Now that gap is filled with water. What will be effect on radius
(or diameter)?
(a) Radius (or diameter) will remain constant but there will be more
brightness
(c) Radius (or diameter) will decrease
(d) There will be no effect
150. Newton’s rings experiment is performed and radius (or diameter) is

calculated. Now Plano-convex lens is replaced with another Plano-convex
lens of greater Radius of curvature. What will be effect on radius (or
diameter)?
(a) Radius (or diameter) will remain constant but there will be more
brightness
(c) Radius (or diameter) will decrease
(d) There will be no effect
151. In case of thin film of non-uniform thickness, when illuminated with white
light, the film appears colored. This is due to change of what factor?
(a) Conditions for path difference at different points of film
(b) Change in optical path difference at different points of film
(c) Thickness of film is different at different points of film
(d) All of above
152. Newton’s light illustrate the phenomenon of

(a) Interference (b) Diffraction
(c) Dispersion (d) Polarisation
STUDY ZONE
153. In Newton’s rings experiment, if we reduce the radius of curvature of Plano-

Convex lens to zero, what will be effect on Newton’s rings?
(a)They will become more bright
(b)They will become more dark
( c)They will disappear
(d) They will be more dense
154. Why in Newton’s rings setup, the beam splitter (mirror) is kept at 45 0?
(a) It allows light rays to incident at 450 over the top surface of Plano-
convex lens
(b) It allows light rays to incident uniformly over the top surface of Plano-
convex lens
(c) It allows light rays to incident parallel over the top surface of Plano-
convex lens
(d) It allows light rays to incident at 90 0 over the top surface of Plano-
convex lens
155. Newton’s rings are formed because of interference between the light
Reflected from
(a) Upper surface of Plano-convex lens and lower surface of plane glass
plate
(b) Lower surface of Plano-convex lens and upper surface of plane glass
plate
(c) Lower and upper surface of Plano-convex
(d) Lower and upper surfaces of plane glass plate
--------------------------------------------The End-------------------------------------
STUDY ZONE
Multiple Choice Questions (MCQ), UNIT-III

1. The rest mass of photon is
(a) zero (b) 1.67 x 10-31 kg (c) 1.9 x10-27 kg (d) infinity
2. The group velocity of matter waves is;
(a) less than particle velocity
(b) equal to particle velocity
(c) greater than particle velocity
(d) equal to phase velocity
3. A photon and an electron have the same wavelength then:
(a) photon has greater momentum
(b) electron has greater momentum
(c) both have the same momentum
(d) none of the above
4. Matter waves were experimentally observed by:
(a)de-Broglie
(d) Schroedinger
(c) Davisson and Germer
(d) Bohr
5. Davisson and Germer experiment relates to:
(a) Interference
(b) Polarisation
(c) Electron diffraction
(d) Phosphorence
6. Dual nature of matter was predicted by:
(a) Schroedinger
(b) Louis de-Broglie
(c) G.P. Thomson
(d) Werner Heisenberg
7. The phase velocity (‫ݒ‬௣ ) and the group velocity(‫ݒ‬௚ ) of a de-Broglie wave
in free space are related as
௩೒ ௖మ
(a)‫ݒ‬௣ = ‫ݒ‬௚ (d) ‫ݒ‬௣ ‫ݒ‬௚ = ܿ ଶ (c) ‫ݒ‬௣ = (d) ‫ݒ‬௣ =
ଶ ଶ௩೒
8. Uncertainty principle states that the error in measurement is due to:
(a) dual nature of particles
(b) due to small size of particles

STUDY ZONE
(c) due to large size of particles

(d) due to error in measuring instrument
9. The product of uncertainties between position and momentum is given
by:
(a) Δ‫ݔ‬Δ‫ ≈ ݌‬1
(b) Δ‫ݔ‬Δ‫ ≈ ݌‬ℎ
(c) Δ‫ݔ‬Δ‫݊ ≈ ݌‬ℎ
(d) Δ‫ݔ‬Δ‫ݒ݉ ≈ ݌‬
10.If the uncertainty in the location of a particle is equal to de-Broglie
wavelength, the uncertainty in its velocity will be:
(a) equal to its velocity
(b) half of its velocity
(c) twice its velocity
(d) four times its velocity
[For this assume Δ‫ݔ‬Δ‫ ≈ ݌‬ℎ]
Answer Key
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
(a) (b) (c) (c) (c) (b) (b) (a) (b) (a)

STUDY ZONE
Test: Unit-1 Relativistic Mechanics

Date: 28-07-2021, Time: 06:00-06:20 PM
1. A reference frame is attached to the earth
a. is an inertial frame by definition
b. is an inertial frame because Newton laws are applicable in the frame
c. cannot be an inertial frame because the earth is revolving the sun
d. cannot be an inertial frame because the earth is rotating about its own axis
2. Galilean relativity is not accepted, because

a. It violated both postulates of special theory of relativity
b. It did not explained the Michelson- Morley experiment
c. It is not applicable at higher speed (when v comparable to c)
d. All are correct
3. The important conclusions from the negative results of Michelson- Morley experiment
are
a. The velocity of light is constant in all directions
b. The presence of ether in the entire space of the universe is undetectable
c. There is no universal frame of reference
d. All are correct
4. One of Einstein's postulates in formulating the special theory of relativity was that the
laws of physics are the same in reference frames that
a. Accelerate
b. Move at constant velocity with respect to an inertial frame.
c. Oscillate
d. Are stationary, but not in moving frames
5. Lorentz transformation equations are based on the principle of consistency of the velocity
of light because
a. The velocity of light is different in all directions in both frames
b. The velocity of light is decreases in all directions in both frames
c. The velocity of light is same in all directions in both frames
d. All are correct
6. The length of a rod is seems shorter to an observer when it moves in a specific direction.
What change would he observe when the direction of rod changes by an angle 180o?
a. The rod becomes even smaller
b. The length of the rod increases

STUDY ZONE
c. The length of the rod remains the same

d. The rod has the length equal to its proper length
7. The percentage of length contraction of a rod which is moving with a velocity 0.8 c in
direction inclined at an angle 60o to its own length is
a. 9.4%
b. 10.4%
c. 8.4%
d. 8.04%
8. A clock is attached to a frame of reference which is moving with constant velocity

relative to a stationary observer, the time measured by the moving clock is
a. Always runs faster than normal
b. Keeps its normal time
c. Always runs slower than normal
d. All are correct
9. A clock keeps correct time, with what speed should it be moved to an observer so that it
may appear to loose 5 minutes in 24 hours?
a. 1.49 x 107 m/s
b. 2.49 x 107 m/s
c. 2.49 x 109 m/s
d. 2.49 x10-7 m/s
10. The addition of any velocity to the velocity of light gives

a. Velocity of light
b. Velocity of light in vacuum is the maximum velocity
c. No signal can travel faster than the light in vacuum
d. All are correct
11. Two particles came towards, to each other with speed 0.9c with respect to laboratory. What is
their relative speed?
a. 0.99c
b. 0.994c
c. 0.991c
d. 0.90c
12. A particle of rest mass m0, which is moving with velocity of light, the kinetic energy of
moving particle is
a.
b.
c.
d.
2

STUDY ZONE
13. In relativistic mechanism, the force acting on a moving particle is given by

 2 1/2
a. F  m 0 dv 1  v 
dt  2 
c 
 2
b.  dv  v2 
F  m0 1  
dt  c2 
 3/2
c.  dv  v2 
F  m0 1  
dt  c2 

  2

d. F  m 0 dv 1  v 2 
dt  c 
14. The correct expression relating the energy E of a particle to its rest mass m0, its
momentum p, and the speed of light c, is
a. E2 = p2c2 + m0c2
b. E2 = pc2 + (m0c2)2
c. E2 = p2c2 + (m0c) 2
d. E2 = p2c2 + (m0c2)2
15. No material particle can move faster than the velocity of light, this can be explain by
a. Time dilation
b. Galilean transformation
c. Variation of mass with velocity
d. None of these
16. A particle moves in such a way that its kinetic energy just equals its rest energy. The
velocity of this particle is
a. 0.842c
b. 0.820c
c. 0.866c
d. 0.707c
17. A particle of rest mass m0 moves with speed c/√2, the kinetic energy of the particle is
a. 0.40m0c2
b. 0.45m0c2
c. 0.41m0c2
d. 0.48m0c2.
18. A particle has rest mass m0 and momentum m0c, where c is the velocity of light. The total
energy and the velocity of the particle are respectively.
a. √2 m0c2 and c /2
b. 2 m0c2 and c / √ 2
c. √2 m0c2 and c/√2
d. 2m0c2 and c/2

STUDY ZONE
19. An object of rest mass 6 kg is moving with a speed of 0.81c. Its effective mass is
a. 6000g
b. 8000g
c. 10000g
d. 12 kg
20. The process of annihilation of matter gives

a. Two photons
b. Entire mass converted into energy
c. This verifies mass-energy equivalence
d. All are correct

STUDY ZONE
Test: Unit-2 EMFT

Date: 28-07-2021, Time: 06:20-06:40 PM
1. The velocity of a charged particle to keep moving in the same direction, in
a region where electric and magnetic fields are perpendicular to each
other, is ………….
a) E/B
b) B/E
c) E/B + qE/B
d) B/E + qB/E
2. In vacuum or free space, what observations are made?
a) ρ = ρo, J = 0
b) ρ = 0, J = Jo
c) ρ = 0, J = 0
d) ρ = ρo, J = Jo
3. In an electromagnetic wave, the electric field of amplitude 6.2 V/m
oscillates with a frequency of 2.4 X 1010 Hz. The Energy density of the wave
is ________
a) 1.4 X 10-10J/m3
b) 2.4 X 10-10J/m3
c) 3.4 X 10-10J/m3
d) 4.4 X 10-10J/m3
4. Which of the following is the expression for the continuity equation?
a) ρ + J = 0
c) dρ/dt + J = 0
d) ρ + div J = 0
5. The property of magnetic field to converge electrons is used in
microscopes as ___________
a) Magnetic Convergence
b) Magnetic plate
c) Magnetic field
d) Magnetic Lens
6. Under normal conditions capacitors have _______
a) Displacement current
b) Conduction current
c) Both conduction and displacement current
d) Neither conduction nor displacement current
7. Displacement current depends on ___________
a) Moving charges
1
STUDY ZONE
b) Change in time
c) Both moving charges and change in time
d) Neither moving charges nor change in time
8. The free electrons in practical dielectrics are due to ________
a) There are no free electrons
b) Conductors
c) Impurities
d) Displacement currents
9. The attenuation constant is 0.5 units. The skin depth will be
a) 0.5
b) 0.25
c) 2
d) 4
10. The skin depth is used to find which parameter?
a) DC resistance
b) AC resistance
c) Permittivity
d) Potential
11. The relation between the skin depth and frequency is given by
a) Skin depth α f
b) Skin depth α 1/f
c) Skin depth α √f
d) Skin depth α 1/√f
12. Which of the following has minimum wavelength?
(a) Blue light
(b) γ-rays
(c) infrared rays
(d) microwave
13. . Which of the following has maximum penetrating power?
(a) Ultraviolet radiation
(b) Microwaves
(c) γ-rays
(d) Radio waves
14. The quantity (μ0ε0)-1/2 represents
(a) speed of sound
(b) speed of light in vacuum
(c) speed of e.m.w.
(d) inverse of speed of light in vacuum
15. According to Faraday’s law, EMF stands for
a) Electromagnetic field
b) Electromagnetic force
c) Electromagnetic friction
d) Electromotive force
16. Which of the following statements is true?

a) E is the cross product of v and B
2
STUDY ZONE
b) B is the cross product of v and E

c) E is the dot product of v and B
d) B is the dot product of v and E
18.The divergence of which quantity will be zero?
a) E
b) D
c) H
d) B
19. Find the Maxwell equation derived from Faraday’s law.
a) Div(H) = J
b) Div(D) = I
c) Curl(E) = -dB/dt
d) Curl(B) = -dH/dt
20. The reason for non-existence of magnetic monopoles is
a) The magnetic field cannot be split
b) Due to permeability
c) Due to magnetization
d) Due to magnetostriction
3
STUDY ZONE
Test: Unit-3 and Unit-4

Date: 02-08-2021, Time: 06:00-06:40 PM
Unit-3
1. A black body is one which:
(i) Absorbs all the radiations incident on it and reflects none
(ii) Emits out all the radiations when raised to the suitable temperature
(a) Only (i) is correct (b) only (ii) is correct (c) neither (i) nor (ii) is correct (d) both are
correct
2. In Stefan’s law the energy radiated out per unit area per unit time is directly proportional
to:
(a) T3 (b) 1/T-4 (c) T-4 (d) 1/T2
3. Unit of Stefan’s constant is
(a) Joule/m2 (b) Joule/m2-sec (c) Watt/K4 (d) Watt/m2- k4
4. In Stefan-Boltzmann law the energy radiated out per unit area per unit time is directly
proportional to:
(a) (T-T0)4 (b) T04 (c) T4-T04 (d) none of these
5. As the temperature of a black body increases:
(a) Both λm & I increase (b) only λm increases (c) only I increases (d) Both λm & I
decrease
6. For a black body:
(a) T α λm (b) T α 1/ λm (c) T α 1/ λ (d) none of these
7. Value of Wein’s constant is:
(a) 3 x 10-2 cm-k (b) 0.3 x 10-2 m-k (c) 3 x 10-3 cm-k (d) 3 x 10-2 m-k
8. According to Wein, the energy Eλ(m) is foud directly proportional to:
(a) T5 (b) T4 (c) T3 (d) T2
9. According to Rayleigh-Jeans law, the energy density Eλ is proportional to:
(a) λ4 (b) T/ λ-4 (c) ) T/ λ4 (d) none of these
10. Rayleigh-Jeans Law holds good at:
(a) Long wavelength & High Temperature (b) Long wavelength & Low Temperature
(c) Short wavelength & High Temperature (d) Short wavelength & Low
Temperature
11. Wein’s distribution law holds good at:
(a) Long wavelength & High Temperature (b) Long wavelength & Low Temperature
(c) Short wavelength & High Temperature (d) Short wavelength & Low
Temperature
12. Number of the oscillators per unit volume in the frequency range ν and ν + d ν is:
(a) 8πν2dν/c3 (b) 8πν2 (c) 8πν2/c3 (d) 8π2 ν2dν/c3

STUDY ZONE
13. Average energy per oscillator is given by:

(a) hν/{ehν/kT -1} (b) hν/{e -hν/kT -1} (c) hν/{ehν/kT } (d) hν/{1 - ehν/kT}
14. The wavelength associated with a moving electron at a potential of 50 volt is:
(a) 1.41 A0 (b) 1.73 A0 (c) 12.27 A0 (d) none of these
15. The wavelength of the wave associated with a proton moving at 2 x 108 m/s is given by:
(a) 1.40 x 10-15 A0 (b) 1.40 x 10-5 A0 (c) 1.47 x 10-15 A0 (d) 1.47 x 10-5 A0
16. The potential difference to be applied on an electron beam so that wavelength of the
waves associated is 1.67 A0 :
(a) 50 Volt (b) 48 Volt (c) 54 Volt (d) 58 Volt
17. Bohr’s quantization rule is:
(a) mvr = nh (b) mvr = nh/2π (c) mvr = nh/4π (d) 2mvr = nh/2π
18. The wavelength associated with the moving alpha particle is:
(a) λ = h/[2mpeV]1/2 (b) λ = h/[4mpeV]1/2 (c) λ = h/[8mpeV]1/2 (d) λ =
1/2
h/[16mpeV]
19. Wavelength of 1 MeV electron is:
(a) 8.78 x 10-3 A0 (b) 8.78 x 10-13 A0 (c) 8.18 x 10-3 A0 (d) 8.18 x 10-13 A0
20. At what angle a photon be scattered from its original direction to have Compton shift
2λc?
(a) 00 (b) 450 (c) 900 (d) 1800
Unit 4
1. Coherent sources are those sources for which

a. Phase difference remain constant
b. Frequency remains constant
c. Both phase difference and frequency remains constant
d. None of these

a. division amplitude
b. division of wave fronts
c. addition of amplitude
d. addition of wave fronts
3. In wedge shaped film the interference pattern has nature

a. Parallel to the end where thickness is non-zero
b. Perpendicular to contact edge
c. Parallel to contact edge
d. Perpendicular to the end where thickness is non-zero
4. Interference pattern is observed in wedge-shaped film and bandwidth is noted. When the
angle of wedge is reduced, what will be the effect on bandwidth?

STUDY ZONE
a. Bandwidth increases
b. Bandwidth decreases
c. Bands will be disappear
d. There will not any effect
5. When a light wave suffers reflection at the interface between air and glass medium, the
change of phase of the reflected wave in air is equal to
a. 0
b. π
c. 2 π
d. π /2
6. The interference in thin films is because

a. the film reflects some light
b. the film is thin enough so that refracted ray is close to reflected ray
c. the reflected ray undergo path change of λ/2
d. all of above
7. The thickness of a soap bubble film (refractive index (μ ) =1.46) is which is formed in
constructive interference in the reflected light, if the film is illuminated with light whose
wavelength is 6000A0
a. 1028.4A0
b. 2000.5A0
c. 1500.8A0
d. 1300.6A0
8. The interference pattern is obtained from a thin film in reflected light, the total path
difference suffered by the incident ray is
a. Δ  2 t cosr  /2
b. Δ  2 t cosr -  / 4
c. Δ  2 t cosr  
d. Δ  2 t cosr - /2
9. Newton’s rings are observed normally in reflected light of wavelength 5x10-5 cm. The
diameter of 10th dark ring is 0.5 cm. The curvature and the thickness of the film will be
a. R=120 cm, t=3 x10-4 cm
b. R=106 cm, t=3 x10-4 cm
c. R=100 cm, t=3 x10-3 cm
d. R=106 cm, t=3 x10-6 cm
10. The Radius (or diameter) of dark rings in Newton’s rings is

a. Directly proportional to the square root of odd numbers
b. Inversely proportional to the square root of natural numbers
c. Directly proportional to the square root of even numbers
d. Directly proportional to the square root of natural numbers

STUDY ZONE
11. A plane transmission grating has 15000 lines per inch. The resolving power of the grating
and the smallest wavelength difference that can be resolved by a light of wavelength
6000 Å in the second order
a. 0.3A0
b. 0.2A0
c. 0.4A0
d. 0.5A0
12. Which of the following condition is essential for observing Fraunhofer diffraction?
a. Source must be close to slit and screen should be at infinite distance
b. Both source and screen must be close to slit
c. Source must be at infinity and screen should be close to the slit
d. Both source and screen must be at infinity
13. If the separation between the two slits in Double Slit Fraunhofer Diffraction is changed,
what change will be observed in the diffraction pattern?
a. The fringe length will increase
b. The fringe length will decrease
c. Fringes will be colored
d. No change
14. Find the missing order for a double-slit Fraunhofer Diffraction pattern if the slit widths
are 0.2 mm separated by 0.6 mm.
a. 1st, 5th, 9th, ….
b. 2nd, 6th, 10th, …
c. 3rd, 7th, 11th, ….
d. 4th, 8th, 12th, …
15. The resolving power of a grating is directly proportional to

a. Number of order
b. Number of lines per inch
c. Resolving power is independent of grating element
d. All are correct
16. The dispersive power of a grating can be defined as

a. change in angle of reflection with change in wavelength
b. change in angle of diffraction with respect to change in wavelength
c. change in angle of refraction with change in wavelength
d. change in angle of incidence with change in wavelength
17. The expression for the maximum number of orders in a grating spectrum is given by
a. λ/ (a + b)
b. a/λ
c. b/λ
d. (a + b)/ λ

STUDY ZONE
18. A beam of monochromatic light is incident on a plane transmission grating having 5000
lines/cm and the second order spectral line is found to be diffracted at 30°. The
wavelength of the light is
a. 4000 Å
b. 5000 Å
c. 6000 Å
d. 7000 Å
19. In Rayleigh’s Criterion for Resolution, two images would be just resolved when
a. The central maxima of one image coincide with central maxima of the other
b. The central maxima of one do not coincide with central maxima of the other
c. The central maxima of one image coincides with the first minimum of the other
d. The central maxima of one image do not coincide with the first minimum of other
20. Light is incident normally on a grating of width 5x10-3 m with 2500 lines. What is the
resolving power of the grating in the second order spectrum?
a. 2500
b. 5000
c. 1250
d. 500

STUDY ZONE
MODEL MCQ -1
PHYSICS KAS-201T
1. As an object approaches the speed of light, it’s mass becomes

a) Zero
b) Double
c) Remains Same
d) Infinite
2. If the sun radiates energy at the rate of 4 x 1026 Js-1, what is the rate at which its mass is
decreasing?
a) 5.54 x 109 kgs-1
b) 4.44 x 109 kgs-1
c) 3.44 x 109 kgs-1
d) 2.44 x 109 kgs-1
3. According to Einstein’s Special Theory of Relativity, laws of physics can be formulated

based on
d) Quantum State
a) moc2
b) mo2c4
c) moc4
d) mo2c6
5. A frame of reference has four coordinates, x, y, z, and t is referred to as the_
a) 2.5 X 108 m/s
b) 2.5 X 107 m/s
c) 5.5 X 107 m/s
d) 5.5 X 108 m/s

STUDY ZONE
7. In Galilean transformation, when frame S’ is moving along +ve direction with a constant
velocity to S, which relation is incorrect:
(a) dt = dt’
(b) x = x’-vt
(c) ux= u’x-vt
(d) α = α’
8. The mass of a body moving at very high speed (vc) relative to an observer is
………………………………….
9. Which of the following expressions gives the relativistic kinetic energy of an object?
a. KE = (1/2) mv2
b. KE= mc2
c. KE = (y -1)mc2
d. None of the above.
Ans- c
10. In the Michelson-Morley experiments two light beams were raced at right angles to each
other to detect a possible slight difference in their speeds. The experiment showed that
a. The beam traveling along the direction of the earth's motion always won.
b. The beam traveling along the direction of the earth's motion always lost.
c. The races always ended in ties.
d. The results depended on the season of the year (i.e., on the direction of earth's
motion)"
11. Poynting vector P is equal to…….
a) P = EH
b) P= E H
c) P = E.H

d) All of above

STUDY ZONE
Q13. For a medium, conductivity  = 58  106 seimen/m, r =1. Find out the conduction and
(1010 t) Volt/m.

Q.14 The permeability and conductivity of aluminium are  = o and  = 3.54  107 mhos/m.
Find the skin depth if the wave enter in aluminium with frequency of 71.56 MHz.
a) 10.06 m
b) 10.06 microns
c) 10.06 mm
d) 10.06 cm
Q.15. Considering that all the energy from a 1000 W lamp is radiated uniformly, calculate
a) 0.0 8659 V/m
b) 0.8659V/m
c) 8.659 V/m
d) 86.59 V/m
Q.16. The transverse nature of EM waves justified by the option
a) k.E=0 and k.H=0


STUDY ZONE
0
a) Z 0
0
0
b) Z 0
0
Z 0  0  0
c)
1
d) Z 0
00
a)
u  0 H 2
1
u 0 E 2
b) 2
c)
u  0 E 2
d)
u  0 E 2
a) P=uc
b) P=u/c
c) P=u/c2
d) P=1/uc
Q 20. The free space characteristics are specified by
a) J=0, =0
b) =0
c) J=0
d) J≠0, ≠0

STUDY ZONE
a) 1/e
b 1/e2
c 1/μ
d) 1/ε
c) Soft and Small
a) x > 0
b) x < 0
c) 0 < X < L
d) x > L
Q 24. Interference of light is evidence that:
Q.25. Newton's Ring experiments, the diameter of bright rings is proportional to
B. Natural Number
Q 26 In Newton's Ring experiments, the diameter of dark rings is proportional to
B. Natural Number
Q 27. In Newton’s Rings experiment at the point of contact of Plano convex lens and plane

STUDY ZONE
B. Bi prism Experiment C. Newton’s Ring Experiment

D. None of them
Q 28. When a light ray travelling in glass is incident on an air surface,
Q.29. Light of wavelength 6000 falls normally on a thin wedge shaped film of refractive
Index 1.4 forming fringes that are 1.5 mm apart. Find the angle of wedge in seconds.
A 29.16 sec
B. 21.96 sec
C. 21.69 sec
D. 22.85 sec
Q 30. In Newton's ring experiment, the diameter of the 15th ring was found to be 0.590
A. 5885
B. 5880
C. 5890 D.5850
Q.31. In reflected light the central fringes of Newton's ring is
A. dark
B. Bright
C. Uniform
D. Non uniform
Q 32.. On a rainy day, small oil films on water show brilliant colors. This is due to
A. dispersion
B. interference C. diffraction

STUDY ZONE
D. Polarizatio
Q 33. When the liquid is immersed between Plano convex lens and plane glass plate then
A. Contracted
B. Expanded
C. Remains same
D. None of above
Q 34. When white light is used in Newton’s Rings experiment the rings are formed of
D. None of above
Q 35. In Newton’s Rings experiment by Transmitted light the central spot can be
A. Always Bright
B. Always Dark
D. Yellow Color
Q 36. In diffraction due to a single slit ……………. is formed by the secondary wavelets
Which travel un-diffracted?
a) Central maximum
b) Secondary maxima
c) Minima
Q, 37. In diffraction due to a single slit, if the slit is made narrower, the central maximum
becomes:
a) Wider
b) Narrower
c) Is not affected

STUDY ZONE
d) Wider or narrower, depending on intensity of light

Q.38. In Fraunhofer’s diffraction, the wave front of light incident on the obstacle is a ……
wave front:
a) Spherical
b) Plane
c) Cylindrical
d) None of these
Q.39.Which of the following is a three-level laser?
a) ND: YAG
b) Ruby
c) He-Ne
Q.41The lifetime of meta-stable state in a Ruby laser is ___________
a) 10-8s
b) 10-6s
c) 10-3s
d) 10-2s
Q.42 the ends of the ruby rod works as __________
a) pumping source
b) Active medium
c) Cavity mirrors
d) Energy levels
Q.43 The pumping mechanism used in Ruby rod is __________
a) Optical Pumping
c) Chemical pumping
d) Thermal pumping
Q.44 In Ruby laser the output beam is emitted in the form of __________
c) Pulsed output
d) exponentially decreasing intensity
Q.45. What will be the relative population of atoms in a ruby layer that produces a light beam of
wavelength 6943 Å at 300 K.
a) 5 X 10-31
b) 6 X 10-31

STUDY ZONE
c) 7 X 10-31
d) 8 X 10-31
Q.46 What is the wavelength of the emitted laser in a Ruby laser?
a) 694 nm
b) 650 nm
c) 780 nm
d) 754 nm
Q.47 The energy levels of which ion/atom/molecule are responsible for lasing action?
a) Al3+
b) Cr3+
c) Al2O3
d) Cr2O3
Q.48 Which of the following has more distortion?

d) Glass fibre
Q.49 In single mode fibers, which is the most beneficial index profile?
a) Step index
b) Graded index
d) Coaxial cable
Q- 50 A step index fibers has core and cladding refractive indices 1.466 and 1.460 respectively.
If the wavelength of light is 0.85 micrometer. Find the normalized frequency and the number of
modes supported by the fiber.
a) 290
b) 306
c) 350
d) 389

STUDY ZONE

B. Tech, IInd Semester
CT-1 Examination, (2020-21) Even Semester
Subject: Physics; Code: (KAS-201T)
Duration: 1.0 hr (60mins) Max. Marks: 100
NOTE:
1) Each question carries 2.5 marks.
2) Every correct answer has weightage of +2.5 marks and for every wrong answer -25%
marks will be deducted.
Section-A
Attempt all questions of this section (2.5×40=100)
Q.No Question Marks CO BL
An inertial frame is: 2.5 1 1
(a) accelerated
(b) decelerated
1
(d) may be accelerated, decelerated or moving with constant
velocity.
“All physics laws are the same in all inertial frame of reference” 2.5 1 1
this statement is called the principle of ___________
(a) relative motion
2
(b) equivalence
(c) inertia
(d) correspondence
Special theory of relativity deals with the events in the frames of 2.5 1 1
reference which move with constant _________
(a) Speed
3
(b) velocity
(c) acceleration
(d) momentum
According to special theory of relativity: 2.5 1 1
4 (b) speed of light is same in all inertial frames
The Lorentz transformation equations will reduce to Galilean 2.5 1 4
transformation equations when:
5
(b) velocity is very low
(c) reduction is velocity independent

STUDY ZONE
(d) none of these

Which of the following quantity is variant under Galilean 2.5 1 2
transformation?
(a) length interval
6 (b) acceleration
(c) velocity
(d) mass
A reference frame situated on the earth surface: 2.5 1 1
(a) is an inertial frame
(b) is an inertial frame because Newton’s laws are applicable in the
frame
7 (c) cannot be an inertial frame because the earth is revolving around
the sun
(d) cannot be an inertial frame because the earth is rotating about its
own axis.
Theory of relativity shows that Newtonian mechanics is correct: 2.5 1 2
(a) approximately for all velocities
(b) approximately for velocity approaching the velocity of light
8 (c) approximately only for velocities much smaller than that of
light
(d) wholly
Which of the following correlates the observation of two observers 2.5 1 2

in different inertial frames?
(a) only Lorentz transformations
9
(b) only Galilean transformations
(c) both Lorentz and Galilean transformations
(d) neither Lorentz nor Galilean transformations
Whose experimental work proved that the velocity of light is a 2.5 1 1
10 universal and natural constant:
(a) Maxwell (b) Michelson (c) Lorentz (d) Einstein
Which one of the following statements is not correct: 2.5 1 1
(a) All motions are relative
(b) Description of motion depends on the frame of reference
11
(c) speed of light is different in different media
(d) from within a frame of reference we can detect the state of
rest or uniform motion of a frame of reference
Under Galilean transformations which of the following is invariant? 2.5 1 3
12
(a) Impulse (b) Mass (c) Torque (d) All
Earth is _________ 2.5 1 1
(a) an inertial frame
13
(b) a non-inertial frame
(c) inertial frame at day and non-inertial at night.

STUDY ZONE
(d) reverse of c
Which of the following is invariant under Galilean transformation? 2.5 1 3

(a) velocity
14 (b) acceleration
(c) speed
(d) none
Which of the following is not invariant under Galilean 2.5 1 3
transformation?
(a) space interval
(b) time interval
15 (c) mass
(d) moment
a stationary reference frame, appear to run
(a) slower
16 (b) at the same rate
(c) faster
(d) backward in time
What is length of a rod in motion according to relativity: 2.5 1 2
17
(d) may be more or less than or equal to rest length depending on
the speed of rod
A circle in rest frame, appears from other moving (with the 2.5 1 2
18 comparable speed of light) frame is:

(a) ellipse (b) circle (c) hyperbola (d) None of these
Under Lorentz transformation equation, four-dimensional volume 2.5 1 1
is:
(a) variant
19
(b) invariant
(c) may be more or less than or equal
(d) none of these
The two events which are simultaneous when viewed by an 2.5 1 2
observer in event’s frame of reference, these two events when
viewed by another frame of reference will be:
20
(a) simultaneous
(b) not be simultaneous
(c) none of these

STUDY ZONE
(d) depending upon the position of two events

An object of length 12 m is moving at a speed of 0.9 c. To an 2.5 1 3
observer sitting perpendicular to the direction of motion, the length
appears to be:
21 (a) 12 m
(b) 4 m
(c) 3 m
(d) 2 m
If any spacecraft attains the speed of light, it’s length changes to: 2.5 1 3
(a) Infinite
22 (b) Double of the value
(c) Half of the value
(d) Zero
Rakesh on his 35th birthday goes at a high speed in a rocket. when 2.5 1 3
he comes back to earth after 1 earth year, he would be
(a) 1 year older
23
(b) 2 years older
(c) A few months older
(d) Same age
The length of a rod seems shorter to an observer when it moves in a 2.5 1 3
specific direction. What change would he observe when the
direction of rod changes by 180o?
24 (a) The rod becomes even smaller

(b) The length of the rod increases
A rod of length 1m moves with a speed of 0.5 c. How much length 2.5 1 3
contraction takes place?
(a) 50 %
25
(b) 14 %
(c) 10 %
(d) 35 %
Time dilation is……. of the time interval between two events for an 2.5 1 3
26 observer in an inertial frame that is moving with respect to the rest

frame of the events:

STUDY ZONE
(a) contraction
(b) lengthening
(c )indifference
(d) none of these
Amount by which measured time interval is greater than 2.5 1 1
corresponding proper time interval is called:
(a) time interval
27
(b) time parameter
(c ) time dilation
(d) none of these
a stationary reference frame, appear to run:
(a) slower
28
(b)at the same rate
(c) faster
(d)backward in time
A train has a rest length of 100 m. Traveling at a very high velocity, 2.5 1 3
it goes through a tunnel of length 80 m. Observers located at both
ends of the tunnel note that at one instant the train appears to
exactly fit within the tunnel. The velocity of the train is:
29
(a) 0.8c
(b) 0.3c
(c) 0.5c
(d) 0.6c
Two twins are 30 years old. At this time, one of them gets on a 2.5 1 3
rocket and travels at 0.8 c, for what he experiences to be 12 years.
How old is the twin that remained on Earth when the traveling twin
returns home?
30
(a) 42 years old
(b) 70 years old

STUDY ZONE
(c) 37 years old
(d) 50 years old

When does length contraction affect an object: 2.5 1 2
(a) When it is not moving
(b) Only at extremely slow speeds
31
(c) Only when its moving at speeds near the speed of light
(d) At all times when it is moving
Length contraction states that an object shrinks in what direction? 2.5 1 1

(a) the same as its movement
32 (b) all directions at once
(c) the direction perpendicular to its movement
(d) None of these
A spaceship, moving away from the Earth at a speed of 0.9c, fires a 2.5 1 3
light beam backward. An observer on Earth would see the light
33 (a) 0.1c.
(b) more than 0.1c but less than c.
(c) c
The term "relativistic" refers to effects that are 2.5 1 1
(a) Observed when speeds are near the speed of light.
34 (b) Noticed about a moving object.
(c) Observed when objects move backward in time.
(d) Measured by stationary observers only
A spaceship approaches the Moon, traveling at 0.5c with respect to 2.5 1 3
the Moon. Its crew shines a laser at the Moon. The beam strikes a
lunar mirror and is reflected to the ship. The crew on the ship will
measure the speed of the reflected beam to be
35
(a) 2.0c.
(b) 1.5c.
(c) c.
(d) 0.75c.
A spaceship, moving toward the Earth at a speed of 0.9c, shines a 2.5 1 3
green laser at Earth. An observer on Earth would see the light
36 (a) 0.1c but at a smaller frequency.
(b) c but at a shorter wavelength.
(c) 1.9c and with a shorter wavelength.
(d) 0.1c and with an inverted frequency

STUDY ZONE
The lowest possible mass of a particle is its _____________ 2.5 1 2

(a) Relativistic mass
37 (b) Inertial mass
(c) Gravitational mass
(d) Rest mass
If the direction of velocity is changed by 180o simultaneously, the 2.5 1 2
mass would ___________
(a) Change simultaneously
38
(b) Not Change
(c) Increase
(d) Decrease
Which basic law is used for the derivation of mass variation with 2.5 1 1
velocity?
(a) Law of conservation of Energy
39
(b) Law of conservation of Kinetic Energy
(c) Law of conservation of Momentum
(d) Law of conservation of mass
A man, who weighs 60 kg on earth, weighs 61 kg on a rocket, as 2.5 1 3
(a) 2.5  108 m/s
40
(b) 2.5  107 m/s
(c) 5.5  107 m/s
(d) 5.5  108 m/s
An object of rest mass 6 Kg is moving with a speed of 0.8c. Its 2.5 1 3
effective mass is __________
(a) 6 Kg
41
(b) 8 Kg
(c) 10 Kg
(d) 12 Kg
What is the length of a meter stick moving parallel to its length 2.5 1 3
when its mass is 6/4 times of its rest mass?
(a) .667m
42
(b) 1.21m
(c) .321m
(d) 2.3m
How fast must a positron move in order that its mass equals the rest 2.5 1 3
mass of the proton?
(a) 0.99c
43
(b) 1.5c
(c) 0.25c
(d) None of these
No material move faster than velocity of light can be explain by 2.5 1 2
(a) Time dilation
44 (b) Galilean transformation
(c) Variation of mass with velocity
(d) None of these

STUDY ZONE
Which experiment performed by Bucherer in 1908 for observation 2.5 1 1

of variation of mass with velocity.
(a) Study of e/m of electron
45
(b) Pair production
(c) Photon annihilation
(d) None of these
Two photon came towards each other with speed c with respect to 2.5 1 3
(a) c
46
(b) 0.98c
(c) .998c
(d) None of these
Which one is real effect 2.5 1 1
(a) Length Contraction
47 (b) Time dilation
(c) Both
(d) None of these
Mass energy equivalence is 2.5 1 1
(a) E=mc2
48 (b) E=moc2
(c) E=(1/2)mv2
(d) None of these
In mass energy equvalence 2.5 1 2
(a) Mass (m) is constant
49 (b) Mass (m) is variable
(c) Mass (m) is –ve
(d) Mass (m) is always zero
Relativistic kinetic energy is 2.5 1 2
(a) (m-mo) c2
50 (b) (mo-m) c2
(c) (1/2)mv2
(d) (1/2)m0v2
The rest mass energy of an eleclron is 2.5 1 3
(a) 0.49meV
51 (b) 0.5MeV
(c) 0.5meV
(d) 0.5 Joule
The total energy of a moving particle of mass m moving with 2.5 1 1
velocity v is
(a) mc2
52
(b) moc2
(c) (m-mo) c2
(d) (mo-m) c2
Experimental evidence of mass energy equivalence is 2.5 1 2
53 (a) Interfence
(b) Diffraction

STUDY ZONE
(c) Nuclear Fusion

(d) Doppler Effect
Massless particle has 2.5 1 1
(a) m=0
54 (b) m0=0
(c) m0=
(d) None of these
The relativistic relation between energy and momentum is 2.5 1 1
(a) E=p2c2+mo2c4
55 (b) E=p2c2-mo2c4
(c) E2=p2c2+mo2c4
(d) E2=p2c2-mo2c4
Rest mass of photon of energy 3 eV 2.5 1 3
(a) 0
56 (b) 1
(c) 5.310-36 Kg
(d) 5.310-27 Kg
The change in kinetic energy to increase the speed of an electron 2.5 1 3
from 0.8c to 0.9c is
(a) 5.0210-14Kg
57
(b) 5.0210-16Kg
(c) 5.0210-18Kg
(d) 5.0210-9Kg
The Kinetic energy of moving electron having mass, 11 times of its 2.5 1 3
rest mass is
(a) 5.121012 eV
58
(b) 5.12107 eV
(c) 5.12106 eV
(d) None of these
Massless particle is moving with velocity 2.5 1 1
(a) Comparable to speed of light
59 (b) Equal to speed of light
(c) Greater than speed of light
(d) Less than speed of light
Example of massless particle is 2.5 1 1
(a) electron
60 (b) proton
(c) photon
(d) neutron
For moving electron, the total energy of the particle is E=pc. This 2.5 1 1
statement is:
61
(a) True
(b) False
Rest mass of an electron 2.5 1 1
62
(a) 0

STUDY ZONE
(b) 
(c) 1.6 10-27 Kg
(d) None of above
When we increase the velocity of body, the relativistic mass 2.5 1 2
(a) Increases
63 (b) Decreases
(c) Remains same
(d) Infinite
In time dilation, the dilated time of a moving clock is
64 (a) proper time 2.5 1 2
(b) improper time
What was the objective of Michelson Morley Experiment?
(a) Existence of Ether
(b) Existence of Earth
65 2.5 1 1
(c)To detect the change in the velocity of light due to relative
motion between earth and ether
(d)To determine possible motion of sun relative to ether
What are the properties of ether?
(a) High Elasticity
(b) Low Elasticity
66 (c) High density 2.5 1 1
(d) Non resistive
(e) Massless
(f) Visible
Frames of References and is equal to c, it is independent of
(a) Relative motion of the inertial frames
67 (b) The source 2.5 1 1
(c) The observer
(d) All above
The Fringe Shift as observed by Michelson Morley in his
Experiment was
(a) 0.001
68 2.5 1 3
(b) 0.4
(c) 0.01
(d) 0.04
How much Fringe shift was expected by Michelson Morley in his
Experiment
(a) 0.04
69 (b) 0.4 2.5 1 3
(c) 0.01
(d) 0.004
What happens when the apparatus was rotated by 900 ?

(a) The path difference is same but in opposite direction
70 2.5 1 2
(b) The path difference remain unaffected but in same direction
(c) The path difference is changed but in same direction.

STUDY ZONE
(d) The path difference is changed but in opposite direction.
If we were isolated in the universe, can we able to determine that

we are in motion or not?
71 (a) True 2.5 1 2
(b) False
What will be the expected fringe shift on the basis of stationary

ether hypothesis in Michelson- Morley Experiment if the effective
length of each part is 11m and wavelength of light used in 6000 Å
(a) 0.036
72 2.5 1 3
(b) 0.36
(c) 3.6 x 102
(d) 3.6 x 10-2
What happens when earth and ether are at rest?

(a) The two reflected rays would take equal time to return to
Glass plate G
(b) The two refracted rays would take equal time to return to Glass
73 plate G 2.5 1 1
(c) The two reflected rays would take unequal time to return to
Glass plate G
(d) The two refracted rays would take unequal time to return to
Glass plate G
What was Ether drag Hypothesis?
(a) The moving earth completely drags the ether with it.
74 (b) The earth does not drag the ether. 2.5 1 1
(c) There is relative motion between the earth and ether.
(d) There is no relative motion between ether and earth
The distance of mirrors from semi silvered glass plate is same or
different?
(a) Same
75 2.5 1 1
(b) Varies after rotation through 900
(c) Remain unaffected even after rotation
(d) Different
The motion relative to material bodies has physical significance
76 (a) True 2.5 1 1
(b) False
According to Einstein Special Theory of Relativity, all Physical laws are
(a) Moving with constant velocity
77 2.5 1 1
(b) Moving with accelerated systems
(c) Moving with uniform velocity
(d) Moving with changing velocities.

STUDY ZONE
Calculate the fringe shift in a Michelson Morley experiment if the

distance of each path is 8 m and the wavelength of light used is 6000Å.
The experimental set up was not rotated through 900. The linear velocity
of earth is 30km/sec
78 2.5 1 1
(a) 0.32
(b) 0.25
(c) 0.13
(d) 0.19
According to Special theory of relativity the laws of physics can be
formulated based on
(a) Non- inertial frames of references
79 (b) Unaccelerated frames of references 2.5 1 1

(c) Both inertial and non-inertial frames of references
(d) None of above
The ether is considered as to
(a) Fixed frame of reference
(b) Stationary frame of reference
80 2.5 1 1
(c) Absolute frame of reference
(d) Ether frame of reference
(e) None of above

STUDY ZONE

B.Tech II SEM (2020-21)
Engineering Physics (KAS201T)
Objective Questions
Unit 2:
Electromagnetic theory
Q.1 The entire theory of electromagnetic waves is contained in Maxwell’s equations.

a) True
b) False
Ans: a)
Q.2 Differential form of Gauss’s law in magneto statics is ___

a) div B = ρ/εo
b) div B = 0
c) div B = -dB/dT
d) div B = μJ
Ans: b)
Q.3. Unit of Poynting Vector is _____________

a) Watt
b) Watt/s
c) Watt/m
d) Watt/m2
Ans: d)
Q.4. If the magnitude of H n a plane wave is 1 A/m, the magnitude of E for plane wave in free
space is………….
a) 33.66 V/m
b) 376.6 V/m
c) 376600 V/m
d) 100 V/ m
STUDY ZONE
Ans: b)
Q.5 Which of the following is the expression for the continuity equation?
a) ρ + J = 0
c) dρ/dt + J = 0
d) ρ + div J = 0
Ans: b)
Q.6 The direction of Poynting vector is perpendicular to the direction of propagation of wave.
a) True
b) False
Ans: b)
Q.7 When electromagnetic wave enters in conducting medium, its velocity
a) increases
b) decreases
c) remains same
d) zero
Ans: b)
Q.8. Modified ampere’s law is
a) Curl H= J
b) Curl B = µ0J
c) Curl H = J - ∂D/∂t
d) Curl H = J +∂D/∂t
Ans: d)

STUDY ZONE
Q.9. Faraday’s law of Electromagnetic induction is……..
a) Curl E = 0
b) Curl E =µ0∂µ/∂t
c) Curl E = - ∂B/∂t
d) divE =-∂B/∂t
Ans: c)
Q.10. Poynting vector P is equal to…….
a) P = EH
b) P= E H
c) P = E.H
Ans: b)

d) All of above
Ans: b)
Q.12 For a medium, conductivity  = 58  106 seimen/m, r =1. Find out the conduction and
(1010 t) Volt/m.

STUDY ZONE

Ans: a)
Q.13. The permeability and conductivity of aluminium are  = o and  = 3.54  107
mhos/m. Find the skin depth if the wave enter in aluminium with frequency of 71.56 MHz.
a) 10.06 m
b) 10.06 microns
c) 10.06 mm
d) 10.06 cm
Ans: b)
Q.14 Considering that all the energy from a 1000 W lamp is radiated uniformly, calculate
a) 0.0 8659 V/m
b) 0.8659V/m
c) 8.659 V/m
d) 86.59 V/m
Ans: d)

Ans: b)
Q.16. The transverse nature of EM waveis justified by the option
a) k.E=0 and k.H=0


STUDY ZONE

Ans: a)
0
a) Z 0 
0
0
b) Z 0 
0
Z 0  0  0
c)
1
d) Z 0 
00
Ans: a)
u  0 H 2
a)
1
u 0 E 2
b) 2
u  0 E 2
c)
u  0 E 2
d)
Ans: c)
a) P=uc
b) P=u/c
c) P=u/c2
d) P=1/uc

STUDY ZONE
Ans: a)
Q19. The free space characteristics are specified by

a) J=0, =0
b) =0
c) J=0
d) J≠0, ≠0
Ans: a)
a) 1/e
b 1/e2
c 1/μ
d) 1/ε
Ans: a)
Q.21 The differential form of Maxwell’s first equation is
a)   D  
b) .B  
c) .D  
d)   D  q
Ans: c)
Q.22 The integral form of Maxwell’s second equation is
a)  B.dS  0
S
b)  B.dS  0
S

STUDY ZONE
c)  B.dS   0
S
d)  B.dS   0
S
Ans: b)
Q.23 The differential form of Maxwell’s third equation is
B
a)   E 
t
E
b)   B 
t
E
c)   B  
t
B
d)   E  
t
Ans: d)
Q.24 The integral form of Maxwell’s fourth equation is
B
a)   H  J 
t
D
b)   H  J 
t
B
c)   H  J 
t
D
d)   H  J 
t
Ans: b)
Q.25 The displacement current density is
dD
a) J D 
dt
dE
b) J D 
dt

STUDY ZONE
dD
c) J D   0
dt
dD
c) J D   0
dt
Ans: a)
Q.26. The electromagnetic wave equation in free space is
a)  2 E  c 2  2 E / t 2
2 1
b)  E   2 E / t 2
c
1
c)  2 E  2  2E / t 2
c
2 2 2
d)  E  c  E / t
Ans: c)
Q.27 Absolute magnetic permeability of free space is
a) 4π × 10-7 A/m
b) 4π × 10-7 H/m
c) 4π × 10-7 F/m
d) 4π × 10-7 H/m2
Ans: b)
Q.28 Displacement current density ____________ current passing through a capacitor.
a) Represents
b) Does not represent
c) Is the same as
d) None of these
Ans: b)
Q.29 skin depth for good conductor is
2
a)  
f

STUDY ZONE
2
b)  

2
c)  

2
d)  

Ans: c)
Q.30 The conducting medium characteristics are specified by
a) =0, =0
b) =0, ≠0
c) =0. ≠0
d) ≠0, ≠0
Ans: b)

STUDY ZONE
UNIT-3 MCQ QUESTION

c) Soft and Small
Answer: d
a) x > 0
b) x < 0
c) 0 < X < L
d) x > L
Answer: c
3. The particle loses energy when it collides with the wall.
a) True
b) False
Answer: b
4. The Energy of the particle is proportional to __________
a) n
b) n-1
c) n2
d) n-2
Answer: c
5. For a particle inside a box, the potential is maximum at x = ___________
a) L
b) 2L
c) L/2
d) 3L
Answer: a
7. Particle in a box can never be at rest.
a) True
b) False
Answer: a
8. Calculate the Zero-point energy for a particle in an infinite potential well for an electron
confined to a 1 nm atom.
a) 3.9 X 10-29 J
b) 4.9 X 10-29 J
c) 5.9 X 10-29 J
d) 6.9 X 10-29 J
Answer: c
9. The concept of matter wave was suggested by_________

STUDY ZONE
(a) Heisenberg (b) de Broglie (c ) Schrodinger (d) Laplace

10. The intensity of the diffraction pattern is proportional to ______ of the wave function
(a) forth power
(b) cube
(c ) sixth power
(d) square
11. The function representing matter waves must be ________
(a) complex (b) real (c) zero (d) infinity
(12) The total probability of finding the particle in space must be __________
(a) Zero (b) unity (c) infinity (d) double
13. The normalized wave function must have ________ norm
(a) infinite (b) zero (c ) finite (d) complex (6) The Non-normalized wave function
14. Must have ________ norm (a) infinite (b) zero (c ) finite (d) complex
15. For normalized wave function ψ→0 as r→___
(a) 0 (b)1 (c ) α (d) -1
16. The square of the magnitude of the wave function is called_________
(a) Current density (b) probability density (c) zero density (d) volume density
c) High temperature
d) High energy
19. As the wavelength of the radiation decreases, the intensity of the black body radiations
____________
a) Increases
b) Decreases
d) First decreases then increase

STUDY ZONE
20. For a quantum wave particle, E = _____________

a) ℏ k
b) ℏ ω
c) ℏ ω/2
d) ℏ k/2
21. The Compton effect can be explained on the basis of __________
a) Wave nature of light
b) Quantum theory of light
c) Ray optics
d) Wave optics
22. What kind of photon is required for the Compton effect to occur?
a) Visible Light Photon
b) X-ray Photon
c) Infrared
d) UV Photon
c) Soft and Small
24. Which of the following is not a characteristic of wave function?
a) Continuous
b) Single valued
c) Differentiable
25. Any wave function can be written as a linear combination of _________________
a) Eigen Vectors
b) Eigen Values
c) Eigen Functions
d) Operators
(a) Black Bodies
(b)Polished Bodies
(c)All Colored Bodies
(d)All of these
27. A perfectly black body?
(a) Absorbs all the incident radiation

STUDY ZONE
(b)Reflects all the incident radiation

(c)Allow all the incident radiation to pass through it
(d )Has its surface coated with lamp black or graphite.
28. Kinetic energy of emitted electrons depends upon :

(a) frequency
(b) intensity
(c) nature of atmosphere surrounding the electrons
(d) none of these
29. The ratio of specific charge of an alpha particle to the proton is:
(a) 1 : 2
(b) 2 : 1
(c) 4 : 1
(d) 1 : 4
30. Protons and alpha particles have the same de-Broglie wavelength. What is same for both of
them?
(a) Energy
(b) Time period
(c) Frequency
(d) Momentum

STUDY ZONE
Ans of Quantum Physics Unit 3

1. Answer: d
2. Answer: c
3. Answer: b
4. Answer: b
5. Answer: c
6. Answer: a
7. Answer: a
8. Answer: c
9. Ans (b)
10. Ans- (d)
11. Ans-(d)
12. Ans-(b)
13. Ans-(c)
14. Ans-(c)
15. Ans-(b)
16. Ans-(b)
17. Ans-(c)
18. Ans-(d)
19. Ans-(c)
20. Ans-(a)
21. Ans-(a)
22. Ans-(b)
23. Ans-(d)
24. Ans-(d)
25. Ans-(c)
26. Ans-(d)
27. Ans-(a)
28. Ans-(b)
29. Ans-(a)
30. Ans-(c)

STUDY ZONE
Unit 4(Interference and Diffraction)

MCQ questions
Q1Interference of light is evidence that:

Q2. In Newton's Ring experiments, the diameter of bright rings is proportional to
B. Natural Number
Q3. In Newton's Ring experiments, the diameter of dark rings is proportional to
B. Natural Number
Q4. In Newtons Rings experiment at the point of contact of plano convex lens and plane
glass plate the path difference is
𝝀
A.
𝟐
B. 2𝜇𝑡𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑟 (𝑟 + 𝜃) ±
C. 2𝜇𝑡 ±
D. 2𝜇𝑡𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑟

STUDY ZONE
D. None of them
Q6. When a light ray travelling in glass is incident on an air surface,
Q7. Light of wavelength 6000Å falls normally on a thin wedge shaped film of refractive
index 1.4 forming fringes that are 1.5 mm apart. Find the angle of wedge in seconds.
A 29.16 sec
B. 21.96 sec
C. 21.69 sec
D. 22.85 sec
Q8. In Newton's ring experiment, the diameter of the 15th ring was found to be 0.590
A. 5885 Å
B. 5880 Å
C. 5890 Å
D.5850 Å
Q9. In reflected light the central fringes of Newton's ring is
A. dark
B. Bright
C. Uniform
D. Non uniform
Q10. On a rainy day, small oil films on water show brilliant colors. This is due to
A. dispersion

STUDY ZONE
B. interference
C. diffraction
D. Polarization
Q11. In interference due to Reflected Light the path difference is
𝝀
A. 𝟐𝝁𝒕𝒄𝒐𝒔𝒓 ±
𝟐
B. 2𝜇𝑡𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑟
C. 2𝜇𝑡𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑟 ± 𝜆
D. 2𝜇𝑡𝑐𝑜𝑠(𝑟 + 𝜃) ±
Q12. A parallel beam of light (λ = 5890 Å) is incident on a thin glass plate of refractive
index 1.5 such that the angle of refraction into the plate is 60 o. Calculate the smallest
thickness of the glass plate which will appear dark by reflection.
A. 𝟑. 𝟗𝟐𝟔 × 𝟏𝟎 𝟓 cm
B. 7.4 × 10 cm
C. 2.56 × 10 cm
D. 3.926 × 10 cm
Q13. When the liquid is immersed between Plano convex lens and plane glass plate then
A. Contracted
B. Expanded
C. Remains same
D. None of above
Q14. When white light is used in Newton’s Rings experiment the rings are formed of
D. None of above
Q15. In Newton’s Rings experiment by Transmitted light the central spot can be
A. Always Bright
B. Always Dark
D. Yellow Colour
1. A monochromatic light of wavelength 2.5x10 -7 m falls on a grating containing 35,000

lines. Its resolving power for first-order is:
a) 35,000
b) 70,000

STUDY ZONE
c) 140000
d) 12500
2. Resolving power of a grating is given by:
e) nNλ
f) nλ
g) λN
h) nN
3. The ability of an optical instrument, to differentiate the images of two nearby points
is called:
a) Resolving power
c) Dispersive power
d) Diverging power
4. The rate of change of the angle of diffraction with change in the wavelength of light
used is called:
a) Resolving power
c) Dispersive power
d) Diverging power
5. When monochromatic light of wavelength 5000 Å passes through single slit, it
produces first minima at 30o in the diffraction pattern. The slit width is given as:
a) 12000Å
b) 10000Å
c) 2500Å
d) 20000Å
6. In diffraction due to a single slit, ……………. is formed by the secondary wavelets
which travel un-diffracted:
a) central maximum
b) secondary maxima
c) minima
7. In diffraction due to a single slit, if the slit is made narrower, the central maximum
becomes:
a) wider
b) narrower
c) is not affected
d) wider or narrower, depending on intensity of light
8. In Fraunhofer’s diffraction, the wavefront of light incident on the obstacle is a ……
wavefront:
a) spherical
b) plane
c) cylindrical

STUDY ZONE
d) none of these
9. The minimum number of lines required in a grating to just resolve wavelengths
5890Å and 5896 Å are:
a) 1000
b) 982
c) 829
d) 298
10. A diffraction grating is
a) also called plane transmission grating
b) is based on the same principle as single slit
c) shows spectrum
d) All of the above.
principal maxima to the intensity of secondary maxima?
a) 1 + (N2-1) sin2β
b) 1/1 + (N2-1) sin2β
c) (N2-1) sin2β
d) 1/( N2-1) sin2β
12. What is the relation between the dispersive power, D, of a grating and the order, n,
of a spectrum?
a) D ∝ n
b) D ∝ N2
c) D ∝ 1/n
d) D ∝ 1/N2
13. The angular width of the central maxima of a diffraction pattern due to a single slit
does not depend upon the:
a) distance between slit and source
b) width of the slit
c) wavelength of light used
d) frequency of light used
14. Which one of the following is most essential for observing diffraction of light?
a) monochromatic light
b) white light
c) a very narrow slit or obstacle
d) two coherent sources
15. You can hear people around a corner but you can’t see them because light waves:
a) do not diffract
b) travel much faster than sound waves
c) are much shorter than sound waves
d) are much longer than sound waves

STUDY ZONE
Q16. Which phenomenon is observed in the following figure?
a) Wedge-Shaped film
b) Destructive Interference
c) Refraction
d) Newton’s Rings

STUDY ZONE
1. What is the principle of fibre optical communication?

a) Frequency modulation
c) Total internal reflection
d) Doppler Effect
Ans: c
2. What is the other name for a maximum external incident angle?

a) Optical angle
b) Total internal reflection angle
c) Refraction angle
d) Wave guide acceptance angle
Ans: d
3. The fibers mostly not used nowadays for optical fiber communication system are:
a) Single mode fibers
b) Multimode step fibers
c) Coaxial cables
d) Multimode graded index fibers
Ans: a
4. How does the refractive index vary in Graded Index fibre?
a) Tangentially
b) Radially
c) Longitudinally
d) Transversely
Ans: b
5. Multimode step index fiber has ___________
Ans. a
6. Multimode step index fiber has a large core diameter of range is ___________
a) 100 to 300 μm
b) 100 to 300 nm
c) 200 to 500 μm
d) 200 to 500 nm
Ans: a
7. Multimode step index fibers have a bandwidth of ___________
a) 2 to 30 MHz km

STUDY ZONE
b) 6 to 50 MHz km
c) 10 to 40 MHz km
d) 8 to 40 MHz km
Ans: b
8. Multimode graded index fibers are manufactured from materials with ___________
a) Lower purity
b) Higher purity than multimode step index fibers.
c) No impurity
d) Impurity as same as multimode step index fibers.
Ans: b
9. The performance characteristics of multimode graded index fibers are ___________
a) Better than multimode step index fibers
b) Same as multimode step index fibers
c) Lesser than multimode step index fibers
d) Negligible
Ans. A
10. Multimode graded index fibers have overall buffer jackets same as multimode step index
fibers but have core diameters ___________
Ans. B
11. In single mode fibers, which is the most beneficial index profile?
a) Step index
b) Graded index
d) Coaxial cable
Ans: b
12. A fiber which is referred as non-dispersive shifted fiber is?
a) Coaxial cables
b) Standard single mode fibers
c) Standard multimode fibers
d) Non zero dispersion shifted fibers
Ans: b
13. Which of the following has more distortion?
d) Glass fibre

STUDY ZONE
Ans: c
14. In which of the following there is no distortion?
a) Graded index fibre
b) Multimode step-index fibre
c) Single step-index fibre
d) Glass fibre
Ans: a
15. Which of the following loss occurs inside the fibre?
a) Radiative loss
b) Scattering
c) Absorption
d) Attenuation
Ans:b
16. Calculate the numerical aperture of an optical fibre whose core and cladding are made of
materials of refractive index 1.6 and 1.5 respectively.
a) 0.55677
b) 55.77
c) 0.2458
d) 0.647852
Ans: a
17. A step-index fibre has a numerical aperture of 0.26, a core refractive index of 1.5 and a
core diameter of 100micrometer. Calculate the acceptance angle.
a) 1.47°
b) 15.07°
c) 2.18°
d) 24.15°
Ans: b
18. Calculate the numerical aperture, acceptance angle, and the critical angle of the fiber
from the following data: Core refractive index = 1.50 and Cladding refractive index =
1.45
a) NA= 0.385, Acceptance angle=22.63˚, θc = 75.30˚
b) NA= 0.485, Acceptance angle=21.63˚, θc = 73.30˚
c) NA= 0.585, Acceptance angle=20.63˚, θc = 71.30˚
d) NA= 0.685, Acceptance angle=24.63˚, θc = 74.30˚
Ans: a
19. A step index fiber has core and cladding refractive indices 1.466 and 1.460 respectively.
If the wavelength of light is 0.85 micrometer. Find the normalized frequency and the
number of modes supported by the fiber.

STUDY ZONE
a) 290
b) 306
c) 350
d) 389
Ans: b
20. The optical power, after propagating through a fiber that is 500 m long is reduced to 25 %
of its original value. Calculate the fiber loss in dB / km.
a) 16.042 dB/ km
b) 19.042 dB/ km
c) 14.042 dB/ km
d) 12.042 dB/ km
Ans: d

STUDY ZONE
1. Which of the following is a unique property of laser?

a) Directional
b) Speed
c) Coherence
d) Wavelength
Ans: c
2. What is the need to achieve population inversion?
Ans: a
3. Which of the following is an example of optical pumping?
a) Ruby laser
d) Dye laser
Ans: a
4. Calculate the wavelength of radiation emitted by an LED made up of a semiconducting
material with band gap energy 2.8eV.
a) 2.8 Å
b) 4.3308 Å
c) 5548.4 Å
d) 4430.8 Å
Ans: d
5. Calculate the number of photons, from green light of mercury (ʎ = 4961 Å), required to
do one joule of work.
a) 4524.2×1018/m3
b) 2.4961×1018/m3
c) 2.4961/m3
d) 2.4961/m
Ans: b
6. Which of the following is a three-level laser?
a) ND: YAG
b) Ruby
c) He-Ne
Ans: b
7. The lifetime of meta-stable state in a Ruby laser is ___________
a) 10-8s

STUDY ZONE
b) 10-6s
c) 10-3s
d) 10-2s
Ans: c
8. The ends of the ruby rod works as __________
a) Pumping source
b) Active medium
c) Cavity mirrors
d) Energy levels
Ans: c
9. The pumping mechanism used in Ruby rod is __________
a) Optical Pumping
c) Chemical pumping
d) Thermal pumping
Ans: a
10. In Ruby laser the output beam is emitted in the form of __________
c) Pulsed output
d) Exponentially decreasing intensity
Ans: c
11. What will be the relative population of atoms in a ruby layer that produces a light beam
of wavelength 6943 Å at 300 K.
a) 5 X 10-31
b) 6 X 10-31
c) 7 X 10-31
d) 8 X 10-31
Ans: d
12. What is the wavelength of the emitted laser in a Ruby laser?
a) 694 nm
b) 650 nm
c) 780 nm
d) 754 nm
Ans: a
13. The energy levels of which ion/atom/molecule are responsible for lasing action?
a) Al3+
b) Cr3+
c) Al2O3
d) Cr2O3

STUDY ZONE
Ans: b
14. Which of the following is a four-level laser?
a) ND: YAG
b) Ruby
c) He-Ne
d) Argon laser
Ans: c
15. Theoutput of He-Ne Laser is __________
a) It gives pulsed output
b) It gives a non-continuous laser beam
c) It gives a continuous laser beam
d) None of above
16. He-Ne laser is a type of ____________
a) Solid laser
b) Liquid laser
c) Gas laser
d) Diode laser
Ans: c
17. Which pumping method is used in He-Ne laser?
a) Optical Pumping
c) Chemical Pumping
d) Direct Conversion
Ans: b
18. The He-Ne laser operates at a wavelength of ____________
a) 540 nm
b) 632 nm
c) 690 nm
d) 717 nm
Ans: b
19. Pumping is done in order to achieve __________
a) Steady state
c) Equilibrium
d) Photon emission
Ans: b
20. What is the region enclosed by the optical cavity called?
a) Optical Region
b) Optical System

STUDY ZONE
c) Optical box
Ans: d

STUDY ZONE
Unit-1 Relativistic Mechanics

1. Michelson and Morley experiment showed that
(a) Newtonian mechanics is correct for all low and high velocities
(b) there is an absolute ether frame
(c) there is no absolute ether frame, but all frames are relative
(d) velocity of light is relative in all cases.
2. Two photons approach each other, their relative velocity will be
(a) c/2
(b) Zero
(c) c/8
(d) c
3. An inertial frame is:
(a) accelerated
(b) decelerated
(d) may be accelerated, decelerated or moving
4. Michelson-Morley experiment proved that
(b) there is no preferred frame like ether
(c) earth is an inertial frame
(d) earth is a non-inertial frame.
5. "All the inertial frames are equivalent" this statement is called the principle of
(a) relative motion
(b) equivalence law
(c) inertia
(d) correspondence
6. Special theory of relativity deals with the events in the frame of reference which moves with
constant
(a) speed
(b) velocity
(c) acceleration
(d) momentum.
7. Michelson-Morley experiment to detect the presence of ether is based on the
phenomenon of

STUDY ZONE
(a) interference
(b) polarisation
(c) diffraction
(d) dispersion
8. According to relativity, the length of a rod in motion
(d) may be more or less than or equal to rest length depending on the speed of rod.
9. If v = c, the length of a rod in motion
(a) zero
(b) less than proper length
(c) equal to proper length
(d) more than proper length.
10. Which of the statement is correct for mass-energy
(a) E2 = p2c2+moc2
(b) E = p2/2mo, for v<<c
(c) E = moc2
(d) E = K.E-rest energy
11. According to special theory of relativity:
(b) speed of light is same in all inertial frames
(c) time in relative.
12. The velocity at which the kinetic energy of a particle is equal to the rest mass energy is
(a) c/2
(b) c
𝒄√𝟑
(c)
𝟐
𝑐√5
(d)
2
13. Decay of µ-meson supports

(a) length contraction
(b) relativity of mass
(c) time dilation

STUDY ZONE
(d) relativity of energy

14. Total energy of a photon having momenta of 2.00 MeV/c is:
(a) 2.00 MeV
(b) 2.064 MeV
(c) 0
(d) 1 MeV
15, Speed of a particle having total energy exactly twice its rest energy is equal to
𝑐√3
(a) 4
𝒄√𝟑
(b) 𝟐
𝑐
(c) 2
𝑐
(d)√2
16. Which of the following shows the evidence of mass and energy?
(a) creation of p-mesons
(b) annihilation of matter
(c) Mossbouer resonance
(d) none of these up
17. The relation between total energy and relativistic momentum is:
(a) E2 + p²c² = mo2c4
(b) E2 = p²c² - mo2c4
(c) E = pc
(d) E2 = p²c² + mo2c4
18. Particle for which rest mass is zero is
(a) Photon
(b) proton
(c) phonon
(d) neutron
19. The Lorentz transformation equations will reduces to Galilean transformation equations when:
(b) reduction is velocity independent
(c) none of these
(d) velocity is very low
20. Which of the following quantity is variant under Galilean transformations?
(a) length interval
(b) velocity

STUDY ZONE
(c) acceleration
(d) mass
21. The Kinetic energy of a particle is double of its rest mass energy. The dynamic mass of the
particle in terms of its mass m0 is
(a) mo
(b) 2mo
(c) 3mo
(d) 1.5mo
22. Clocks in a moving reference frame, compared to identical clocks in a stationary reference frame,
appear to run
(a) slower.
(b) at the same rate.
(c)faster.
(d)backward in time.
23. A spaceship, moving away from the Earth at a speed of 0.9c, fires a light beam backward. An
observer on Earth would see the light arriving at a speed of
(a) 0.1c.
(b) more than 0.1 c but less than c.
(c) c
24. The term "relativistic" refers to effects that are

(a) observed when speeds are near the speed of light.
(b) noticed about a moving object.
(c) observed when objects move backward in time.
(d) measured by stationary observers only.
25. A spaceship approaches the Moon, traveling at 0.5c with respect to the Moon. Its crew shines a
laser at the Moon. The beam strikes a lunar mirror and is reflected back to the ship. The crew on the
ship will measure the speed of the reflected beam to be
(a) 2c
(b) 1.5c
(c) c
(d) 0.75c
26. A train has a rest length of 100 m. Traveling at a very high velocity, it goes through a tunnel of
length 80 m. Observers located at both ends of the tunnel note that at one instant the train appears to
fit within the tunnel What is the velocity of the train expressed in units of c?
(a) 0.866c
(b) 0.333c
(c) 0.50c
(d) 0.60c
27. The length of a rod seems shorter to an observer when it moves in a specific direction. What
change would he observe when the direction of rod changes by 180?

STUDY ZONE
(a) The rod becomes even smaller

(b) The length of the rod increases.
28. How fast does a rocket have to move relative to an observer for its length to be contracted to 95%
of its original length?
(a) 0.5c
(b) 0.4c
(c) 0.3c
(d) 0.2c
29. ……….. transformation are replaced by the Lorentz transformation which confirms the
postulate of relativity.
(a) Galilean
(b) Maxwell
(c) Planck’s
(d) Newtons
30. Calculate the velocity of a body if its total energy is three times its rest energy.
(a) 0.54c
(b) 0.76c
(c) 0.94c
(d) c
31. The relativistic mass expression is given by

𝒎𝒐
(a) 𝒎′ = 𝟐
√𝟏−𝒖𝟐
𝒄
∈𝑜
(b) 𝑚′ = 2
√1−𝑢2
𝑐
µ𝑜
(c) 𝑚′ = 2
√1−𝑢2
𝑐
𝑚𝑜
(d) µ′ = 2
√1−𝑢2
𝑐
32. According to Einstein's Special Theory of Relativity, laws of physics can be formulated
(a) Inertial Frame of Reference

(b) Non-Inertial Frame of Reference
(c) both non and Inertial Frame of Reference
(d) Quantum state
33. As an object approaches the speed of light, it's mass becomes

(a) zero
(b) double
(c) remain same
(d) infinite
34. An electron is chased by a photon. The speed of the electron is 0.9c. Their relative velocity is
(a) 0.1 c
(b) 0.9 c
(c) c
(d) none of these

STUDY ZONE
35.A rod of the length 1 m is moving with the velocity of 0.8 c in a direction at 60º to its own length.
The apparent length along the direction of motion will becomes.
(a) 0.4 m
(b) 0.3 m
(c) 0.2 m
(d) 0.1 m
36. The rest energy of an electron is 0.511 MeV. This electron is accelerated from rest to a velocity
0.5c. The change in its energy will be
(a) 0.026 MeV
(b) 0.051 MeV
(c) 0.079 MeV
(d) 0.105 MeV
37. A proton has a charge q when at rest, it acquires a velocity c/2 so its charge become
1 2
(a)𝑞 √1 − (2)
1 2
(b) 𝑞 √𝑞 − (2)
(c) q
(d) infinity
38. The mass of a body moving with velocity 0.6 c is 2.5 kg. The rest mass of the body is
(a) 1.8 kg
(b) 1.65 kg
(c) 1.2 kg
(d) 2 kg
39. An inertial frame S’ is moving along the Y-axis with a velocity v with respect to another inertial
frame S. If the coordinate axes of the two frames are parallel to each other then which of the
following equations is correct?
(a) x’ = x-vt
(b) y’ = y-vt
(c) z’ = z-vt
40. Your examination lasts for 3.5 hrs. How long for an observer moving at v = 0.8 c, it lasts?
(a) 2.1 hrs
(b) 3.5 hrs
(c) 5.8 hrs
(d) 11.6 hrs

STUDY ZONE
Unit-2 Electromagnetic Theory
Q.1 In electromagnetic theory, equation of continuity signifies the: -

(a) Conservation of charge
(b) Conservation of momentum
(c) Conservation of mass
(d) Conservation of energy
Q.2 Equation of continuity represents as:-
(a) ∇. 𝐽 = 𝜕𝜌/𝜕𝑡
(b) 𝛁. 𝑱 = − 𝝏𝝆/𝝏𝒕
( c) ∇ × 𝐽 = − 𝜕𝜌/𝜕𝑡
(d) ) ∇ × 𝐽 = 𝜕𝜌/𝜕𝑡
Q.3 Conduction current through a wire is __________ displacement current in capacitor.
(a) Same as
(b) Different from
(c) Twice of
(d) None of these
Q.4 Magnetic field can be produced due to :-
(a) Moving charge
(c) Current
(d) All of the above
Q.5 Statement that displacement current between the plates of a capacitor
(I ) Flows when charge decreasing on the plates
(II) Flows when charge increasing on the plates
(III) Flows when charge remain constant on the plates

STUDY ZONE
(IV) Flows when no charge on the plate
Choose the correct one :
(a) Statements (I) & (II) are correct

(b) Statement (II) is correct
(c) Statements (III) & (IV) are correct
(d) Statements (IV) is correct
Q.6 The ratio of electric field E and magnetic field H has the dimension of :-
(a) Power
(b) Resistance
(c) Inductance
(d) Capacitance
Q.7 The velocity of plane electromagnetic waves in vacuum is given by:-
𝟏
(a)
√𝝁𝒐 𝝐𝒐
1
(b)
√𝜇𝜖
(c)√𝜇𝜖
(d) √𝜇𝑜 𝜖𝑜
Q.8 The energy per unit time, per unit area transported by the electromagnetic fields are
expressed as:-
𝟏
⃑ =
(a) 𝑺 ⃑⃑ × 𝑩
(𝑬 ⃑⃑ )
𝝁𝑶
(b) 𝑆 = 𝜇𝑜 (𝐸⃑ × 𝐵
⃑)
(c) 𝑆 = (𝐸⃑ × 𝐵
⃑)
(d) 𝑆 =∈𝑜 (𝐸⃑ × 𝐵

⃑)
Q.9 Find the peak value of electric field at the layer, if the upper atmospheric layer of earth
receives 1360 W/ m2 energy from the Sun :-
(a) 1012.46 V/m

STUDY ZONE
(b) 1028.5 V/m
(c ) 1.89 V/m
(d ) 715.923 V/m
Q.10 Maxwell’s equations in free space are:-
𝜌 𝜕𝐵 ⃑ 𝜕𝐸⃑
⃑ . 𝐸⃑ =
(a) ∇ , ⃑⃑⃑∇. 𝐵
⃑ = 0, ⃑⃑⃑⃑⃑
∇ × 𝐸⃑ = − , ⃑∇ × 𝐻
⃑ = ∈𝑂
∈𝑂 𝜕𝑡 𝜕𝑡
𝜕𝐵 ⃑ 𝜕𝐸⃑
⃑ . 𝐸⃑ = 0, ⃑⃑⃑∇. 𝐵
(b) ∇ ⃑ = 0, ⃑⃑⃑⃑⃑
∇ × 𝐸⃑ = − , ⃑∇ × 𝐻
⃑ = 𝐽 + ∈𝑂
𝜕𝑡 𝜕𝑡
⃑⃑ ⃑
⃑ .𝑬
(c) 𝛁 ⃑⃑ = 𝟎, ⃑⃑⃑𝛁. 𝑩
⃑⃑ = 𝟎, ⃑⃑⃑⃑⃑
𝛁 ×𝑬⃑⃑ = − 𝝏𝑩, 𝛁
⃑ ×𝑯
⃑⃑⃑ = ∈𝑶 𝝏𝑬
𝝏𝒕 𝝏𝒕
⃑ ⃑
⃑ . 𝐸⃑ = 𝜌, ⃑⃑⃑∇. 𝐵
(d) ∇ ⃑ = 0, ⃑⃑⃑⃑⃑ 𝜕𝐵
∇ × 𝐸⃑ = − , ∇ ⃑ = 𝜖 𝜕𝐸
⃑ ×𝐻
∈ 𝜕𝑡 𝜕𝑡
Q.11 Find the conduction current density for a material 𝜎 = 5 Siemen/m and the electric field
intensity 𝐸⃑ = 250 sin ( 1010 t ) is:
(a) 1250 sin (1010 t) A/m
(b) 1250 sin (𝟏𝟎𝟏𝟎 t) A/m2
(c) 1250 cos (1010 t) A/m2
( d) 250 cos (1010 t) A/m2
Q.12 Maxwell’s equations depend on __________ law(s).
(a) Faraday’s
(b) Gauss’s
(c) Ampere’s
(d) All of these
Q.13 Existence of monopole does not exist is represented by -
(a) Maxwell’s I equation
(b) Maxwell’s II equation
(c) Maxwell’s III equation

STUDY ZONE
(d) Maxwell’s IV equation
Q.14 Maxwell’s equations in integral form are:-
1 ⃑
𝜕𝐵
⃑ . 𝑑𝑣 =
(a) ∫ 𝐸 ⃑ . 𝑑𝑠 = 0 , ∫ 𝐸⃑ . 𝑑𝑙 = − ∫ . 𝑑𝑠 , ∫ 𝐵
∫ 𝜌. 𝑑𝑣 , ∫ 𝐵 ⃑ . 𝑑𝑙 =
𝜖𝑜 𝜕𝑡
𝜕𝐸⃑
−𝜇𝑂 ∫(𝐽 + 𝜖𝑂 ) . 𝑑𝑠
𝜕𝑡
1 ⃑
(b) ∫ 𝐸⃑ . 𝑑𝑠 = ⃑ . 𝑑𝑙 = 0 , ∫ 𝐸⃑ . 𝑑𝑙 = − ∫ 𝜕𝐵 . 𝑑𝑠 , ∫ 𝐵
∫ 𝜌. 𝑑𝑣 , ∫ 𝐵 ⃑ . 𝑑𝑠 =
𝜖𝑜 𝜕𝑡
𝜕𝐸⃑
−𝜇𝑂 ∫(𝐽 + 𝜖𝑂 ) . 𝑑𝑠
𝜕𝑡
1 ⃑
𝜕𝐵
(c ) ∫ 𝐸⃑ . 𝑑𝑠 = ⃑ . 𝑑𝑠 = 0 , ∫ 𝐸⃑ . 𝑑𝑠 = − ∫ . 𝑑𝑠 , ∫ 𝐵
∫ 𝜌. 𝑑𝑠 , ∫ 𝐵 ⃑ . 𝑑𝑙 =
𝜖𝑜 𝜕𝑡
𝜕𝐸⃑
−𝜇𝑂 ∫(𝐽 + 𝜖𝑂 ) . 𝑑𝑠
𝜕𝑡
𝟏 ⃑⃑
(d) ∫ ⃑𝑬
⃑ . 𝒅𝒔 = ∫ 𝝆. 𝒅𝒗 , ∫ ⃑𝑩 ⃑ . 𝒅𝒍 = − ∫ 𝝏𝑩 . 𝒅𝒔 , ∫ ⃑𝑩
⃑ . 𝒅𝒔 = 𝟎 , ∫ ⃑𝑬 ⃑ . 𝒅𝒍 =
𝝐𝒐 𝝏𝒕
𝝏𝑬⃑
−𝝁𝑶 ∫(𝑱 + 𝝐𝑶 ) . 𝒅𝒔
𝝏𝒕
Q.15 Maxwell’s Ist equation signifies that :-
(a) The electric flux through any closed surface is 𝜖𝑜 times the charge enclosed within that
surface
(b) The electric flux through any closed surface is 𝟏/𝝐𝒐 times the charge enclosed within
that surface.
(c) The magnetic flux through any closed surface is 𝜖𝑜 times the charge enclosed within that
surface
(d) The magnetic flux through any closed surface is 1/𝜖𝑜 times the charge enclosed within
that surface.
Q.16 Unit of Poynting vector is:-
(a) Watt
(b) Watt/s
(c) Watt/m
(d) Watt/m2
Q.17 The direction of Poynting vector is:-

STUDY ZONE
(a) in the direction of propagation vector
(b) perpendicular to the direction of propagation vector
(c) perpendicular to the direction of electric field.
(d) perpendicular to the direction of magnetic field.
Q.18 The expression for displacement current density :-
⃑
𝝏𝑬
(a) 𝒋𝑫 = 𝝐𝒐
𝝏𝑻
1 𝜕𝐸⃑
(b) 𝑗𝐷 =
𝜖𝑜 𝜕𝑇
𝜕𝐸⃑
(c) 𝑗𝐷 =
𝜕𝑇
1 𝜕𝐸⃑
(d) 𝑗𝐷 =
4𝜋𝜖𝑜 𝜕𝑇
Q.19 Maxwell’s IVth equation signifies that:-
(a) The magnetomotive force around a closed path is equal to conduction current through the
surface bound by that path.
(b) The magnetomotive force around a closed path is equal to the sum of conduction
current and displacement current through the surface bound by that path.
(c) The magnetomotive force around a closed path is equal to displacement current through
the surface bound by that path.
(d ) The electric field is produced by a changing magnetic flux.
Q.20 Maxwell’s IIIrd equation signifies that: -
(a) The electromotive force around any closed path is equal to the negative change of
magnetic flux through the path enclosing the surface.
(b) The electromotive force around any closed path is equal to the time rate of change
magnetic flux through the path enclosing the surface.
(c ) The electromotive force around any closed path is equal to the negative time rate of
change of magnetic flux through the path enclosing the surface.
( d) The electromotive force around any closed path is equal to change of magnetic flux
through the path enclosing the surface.

STUDY ZONE
Q.21 Determine the displacement current density in a material having 𝜎 = 10−4 Siemen/ m
and 𝜖𝑟 = 2.25 . The electric field in the material is 𝐸⃑ = 5 × 10−6 sin ( 9 × 10−9 𝑡)V/m.
𝐶2
where 𝜖𝑜 = 8.85 X 10−12 is :-
𝑁− 𝑚2
(a) 8.96 X 10-7 cos (9 X 10 -9 t ) A/m2
(b) 1.01 X 10-7 cos(9 X 10 -9 t ) A/m2
(c) 8.96 X 10-7 sin(9 X 10 -9 t ) A/m2
( d) 1.01 X 10-7 cos(9 X 109 t ) A/m2
Q.22 The magnitude of Poynting vector on the surface of Sun, given P= 5.4 X 1028 Watt and
radius of Sun = 7 X 108 m is :-
(a) 35.0 X 109 Watt/m2
(b) 8.7 X 109 Watt/m2
(c) 7.7 X 109 Watt/m2
(d) 25.0 X 109 Watt/m2
Q.23 If a plane electromagnetic waves is propagating along X- axis and the amplitude of
electric field is along Y- axis, then the magnitude of magnetic field would be :-
(a) along X-axis
(b) along Y-axis
(c) along Z-axis
(d) along any direction
Q.24 “The work done on the charges by the electromagnetic force is equal to the decrease in
energy stored in the field, less the energy which flowed out through the surface” is the
statement of
(a) Gauss’s theorem
(b) Stoke’s theorem
(c) Gauss’s divergence theorem
(d) Poynting theorem

STUDY ZONE
Q.25 The plane electromagnetic waves in a free space is represented by an equation
𝜕2 𝐵
⃑
⃑ − 𝜇𝑂 𝜖𝑂
(a) ∇2 𝐸 =0
𝜕𝑡 2
𝜕2 𝐸⃑
⃑ − 𝜇𝑂 𝜖𝑂
(b) ∇2 𝐵 =0
𝜕𝑡 2
𝝏𝟐 𝑬
⃑
⃑⃑ − 𝝁𝑶 𝝐𝑶
(c) 𝛁 𝟐 𝑬 =𝟎
𝝏𝒕𝟐
𝜕2 𝐸⃑
( d) ∇2 𝐸⃑ + 𝜇𝑂 𝜖𝑂 =0
𝜕𝑡 2
Q.26 Which relation is true for an electromagnetic wave?
(a) B0 = 𝝁𝑶 𝝐𝑶 cE0
(b) B0 = cE0
(c) E0 = 𝜇𝑂 𝜖𝑂 cB0
(d) E0 = 𝜇𝑂 cB0
Q.27 Maxwell’s equation which interprets that isolated magnetic poles do not exist is
𝜌
⃑ . 𝐸⃑ =
(a) ∇
∈𝑂
(b) ⃑⃑⃑∇. 𝐵
⃑ = 0
𝜕𝐵 ⃑
(c) ⃑⃑⃑⃑⃑
∇ × 𝐸⃑ = −
𝜕𝑡
𝜕𝐸⃑
⃑ ×𝐻
(d) ∇ ⃑ = 𝐽 + ∈𝑂
𝜕𝑡
Q.28 The total energy stored in electromagnetic fields is :

𝜖𝑜
(a)
2
∫ 𝐸 2 𝑑𝑉
1
(b)
2𝜇𝑜
∫ 𝐸 2 𝑑𝑉
𝟏 𝟏
(c) ∫ {𝝐𝒐 𝑬𝟐 + ( ) 𝑩𝟐 } 𝒅𝑽
𝟐 𝝁 𝒐
𝜖𝑜 𝜇𝑜
(d)
2
∫ 𝐸 2 𝐵2 𝑑𝑉

STUDY ZONE
Q.29 For good conductors, the penetration depth ……with the …..in frequency is
(a) decrease, increase
(b) increase, increase
(c) constant, change
Q.30 For poor conductors, the skin depth is …….. of frequency
(a) dependent
(b) independent
(c) both (a) & (b)
Q.31 The skin depth for good conductors is
𝟐
(a) 𝜹 = √
𝝎𝝁𝝈
1
(b) 𝛿 = √
𝜔𝜇𝜎
(c) 𝛿 = √𝜔𝜇𝜎
2
(d) 𝛿 =
𝜔𝜇𝜎
Q.32 Skin depth is defined as:

(a) the distance at which amplitude of EM waves is е times that of surface.
(b) the distance at which amplitude of EM waves reduces to 1/ е times that of surface.
(c) the distance at which remains same as that of surface
Q.33 In dielectric medium, the Maxwell IV equation becomes

a) 𝐂𝐮𝐫𝐥𝐇⃑⃑ = 𝐉𝐝
⃑⃑
b) CurlH = J𝐶
⃑ = J𝑑
c) CurlE
⃑ = J𝐶
d) CurlE

STUDY ZONE
Q.34 At dc field, the displacement current density will be

a) 0
b) 1
c) Jc
d) ∞
Q.35 The charge density of a electrostatic field is given by

a) Curl of E
b) Divergence of E
c) Curl of D
d) Divergence of D
Q.36 For a perfect dielectric, which parameter will be zero?

a) Conductivity
b) Frequency
c) Permittivity
d) Permeability
Q.37 Compute the conductivity when the current density is 12 units and the electric field is
20 units. Also identify the nature of the material.
a) 1.67, dielectric
b) 1.67, conductor
c) 0.6, dielectric
d) 0.6, conductor
Q.38 Find the penetration depth in aluminium having conductivity σ = 3.54 × 107 Siemen/
m, frequency 71.6MHz and 𝜇 = 𝜇𝑜 = 44𝜋 × 10−7N/Amp2 is:-
(a) 10𝝁𝒎
(b) 1 𝜇𝑚
(c) 0.1 𝜇𝑚
(d) 100 𝜇𝑚
Q.39 The radiation pressure exerted by a normal incident plane electromagnetic wave on a
perfect reflector is equal to :-
Where u = energy density
(a) u
(b) 2u
(c) u/2
(d) 4u

STUDY ZONE
Q.40 For propagation of EM waves in free space, the relation between electrostatic energy
density 𝑢𝑒 and magnetostatic energy density 𝑢𝑚 :-
𝒖𝒆
(a) =1
𝒖𝒎
𝑢𝑒
(b) ˃1
𝑢𝑚
𝑢𝑒
(c) < 1
𝑢𝑚
𝑢𝑒
(d) =0
𝑢𝑚

STUDY ZONE
Unit-3 Quantum Physics
1) Black body behave as

a) perfect absorber b) perfect radiator c) perfect radiator and absorber both
d) neither radiator nor absorber
2) In black body spectrum, which formula verified Wein’s displacement law
a) λm ∝ T b) λm ∝ 1/T c) λm ∝ T2 d) λm ∝ √𝑇
3) In the radiation spectrum of black body, which formula suitable for entire wavelength
region a) Rayleigh formula b) Wein’s formula c) Planck’s formula d) Stefan’s formula
4) Energy of classical oscillator of frequency 5.6 x 1012 sec-1 at 300 K is

a) 4.2 x 10-21 Joule
b) 5.6 x 1012 Joule
c) 1.4 x 10-23 Joule
d) 1.6 x 10-19 Joule
5) An oscillator has wavelength 1x10-6 m at temperature 300 K, find the average energy by
treating as Planck’s oscillator
a) 3.12 x 10-40 Joule
b) 5.6 x 1012 Joule
c) 1.4 x 10-23 Joule
d) 1.6 x 10-19 Joule
6) Average energy of Planck’s oscillator is calculated by
ℎ𝜈 ℎ𝜈 ℎ𝜈 ℎ𝜆
a) ℎ𝜈 b) ℎ𝜈 c) d) ℎ𝜈
ℎ𝜈/𝐾𝑇 −1
𝑒 𝐾𝑇 −1 𝑒 𝐾𝑇 𝑒 𝐾𝑇 −1
7) Planck’s radiation formula in terms of wavelength is

8𝜋ℎ𝑐 𝑑𝜆
a) 𝑢𝜆 𝑑𝜆 = ℎ𝑐
𝜆5
𝑒 𝐾𝑇𝜆 −1
b) 𝑢𝜆 𝑑𝜆 = ℎ𝑐
𝜆4
c) 𝑢𝜆 𝑑𝜆 = ℎ𝑐
𝜆3
d) 𝑢𝜆 𝑑𝜆 = ℎ𝑐
𝜆2

STUDY ZONE
8) Energy radiates in the multiple of small unit called quanta. Energy En is given by
a) En= nhν b) En= n2 hν c) En= nhν/2 d) En= nhλ
9) Rayleigh-Jeans law for longer wavelength

8𝜋𝑘𝑇 8𝜋𝑘𝑇 8𝜋𝑘𝑇 8𝜋𝑘𝑇
𝑎) 𝑏) 𝑐) 𝑑)
𝜆4 𝜆5 𝜆2 𝜆4 𝑒 −𝑖𝜔𝑡
10) If the Sun emits maximum energy at wavelength 5500 A0 , what would be the temperature
of the Sun a) 7474K b) 6464 K c) 5454 K d) 4444 K
11) Which of the following phenomena can be expressed by wave nature of light :
(a) Interference (b) Pair Production (c) Photoelectric effect (d) Compton effect
12) Among the following particles, which one will have the longest wavelength associated with
it for the same velocity (a) Proton (b) Electron (c) -particle (d) Neutron
13) A proton with an energy of 1 MeV has a de-Broglie wavelength of : a) 2.87x10-19m

b) 2.87x10-17 m c) 2.87x10-14 m d) 2.87 x 10-10 m
14) de-Broglie wavelength associated with a proton moving with a velocity c/20 is
a) 2.6 x 10-14m b) 1.47 x 10-14m c) 3.46 x 10-14m d) 7.28x 10-14 m

15) A photon with an energy of 1 MeV has a de-Broglie wavelength of :
a) 1.24x10-19m b) 1.24x10-17 m c) 1.24x10-10 m d) 1.24 x 10-12 m
16) If a particle of mass m is moving with velocity v, then the matter wave associated with it is
given by (a)  = h/mv2 (b)  = h/mv (c)  = h2/mv (d)  = mv/h
17) Which of the following can act as both a particle and as a wave?
a) photon b) electron c) neutron d) all of these
18) The wavelength of a wave associated with an electron accelerated through a potential
difference V volt is (a) 12.27/V (b) 15.27/V (c) 12.90/V (d) 15.90/V
19) A proton and an electron have the same wavelength then: a) photon has greater momentum
b) electron has greater momentum c) both have same momentum d) none of the above
20) If an electron and photon have the same de Broglie wavelength, then total energy of electron
(Ee) and photon (Ep) have relation
(a) Ee > Ep (b) Ee>Ep (c) Ee = Ep (d) Ee = 1/2 Ep

STUDY ZONE
21) If a particle is moving with kinetic energy K, then the de Broglie wavelength () associated
with it is as related with K as
(a)   K (b)   K (c)   1/K (d)   1/K
22) de-Broglie wavelength of photon is

𝜆 ℎ ℎ ℎ
𝑎) 𝑏) c) d)
𝑚𝑣 𝑚𝑐 𝑚0 𝑣 𝑚0 𝑐
23) Find the temperature at which Helium atom has de-Broglie wavelength 6.3 A0
a) 27 K b) 400 K c) 270 C d) 273K
24) Energy of gamma rays having a wavelength of 1 A0
a) 124 x 10 4 eV
b) 124 x 10 4 Joule
c) 1.24 x 10 4 eV
d) 124 x 10 3 Joule
25) The wave property of large, massive body is not observed because
a) their de-Broglie wavelength is too small
b) their acceleration is too small
c) their momentum is too small
d) their speed is too small
26) de-Broglie wavelength in terms of temperature is given by

ℎ ℎ ℎ ℎ
𝑎) 𝑏) 𝑐) 𝑑)
√3𝑚𝐾𝑇 √𝑚𝐾𝑇 √3𝑚𝑇 √5𝑚𝐾𝑇
27) According to wave mechanics, a material particle is associated with

a) a single wave b) a wave packet c) progressive wave d) light wave
28) The energy of the lowest state in a one-dimensional potential box of length 1A0 is
a) zero
b) 38 eV
c) 114 eV
d) 3.8 x 10-17Joule
29) Energy difference between ground state and first excited state for a one-dimensional
rigid box of width 10-8 cm is
a) 0.155 eV b) 114eV c) 152.25 eV d) 38.5eV
30) The normalized wave function of the particle in nth state of one-dimensional infinite box is
given by
2 𝑛𝜋𝑥
a) ψn = √𝑎 sin( 𝑎
)

STUDY ZONE
2 𝑛𝜋𝑥
b) ψn = √ sin2 ( )
𝑎 𝑎
4 𝑛𝜋𝑥
c) ψn = √ sin( )
𝑎 𝑎
2 𝜋𝑥
d) ψn = √ sin( 2 )
𝑎 𝑎
31) The probability of finding the particle within an interval of 4A0, at the centre of infinite
wall (of width 20 A0) when it is at ground state is
(a) 0.5 (b) 0.4 (c) 1 (d) 0
32) The probability of finding the particle within an interval of ∆x , at the centre of infinite
wall (of width L) when it is at ground state is
2 2 2
a) P= 𝐿 ∆𝑥 b) P= 𝐿 ∆𝑥 2 c) P= √𝐿 ∆𝑥 d) P= ∆𝑥 2
33) An electron is bound in one dimensional potential box of width 2.5 A0, the lowest two
permitted energy values are
a) 12.08eV, 24.16 eV
b) 0 eV, 24.16 eV
c) 0 eV, 6.04 eV
d) 6.04 eV, 24.16 eV
34) The quantized energy of a particle of mass m in a one-dimensional box of length L is
proportional to quantum number as
a) n3
b) n
c) n2
d) √𝑛
35) Probability density expressed by
a) |𝜓(𝑟, 𝑡)|1
b) |𝜓(𝑟, 𝑡)|1/2
c) |𝜓(𝑟, 𝑡)|1/3
d) |𝜓(𝑟, 𝑡)|2
36) Time dependent Schrodinger equation is given by
∂Ψ ℏ2 ∂ 2 Ψ
a) iℏ =- + VΨ
∂t 2m ∂𝑥 2

STUDY ZONE
∂Ψ ℏ2 ∂Ψ
b) iℏ =- + VΨ
∂t 2m ∂x
∂Ψ ℏ2 ∂ 2 Ψ
c) =- + VΨ
∂t 4m ∂𝑥 2
∂Ψ ℏ2 ∂ 2 Ψ
d) iℏ =- + VΨ
∂t 2 ∂𝑥 2
37) Time independent Schrodinger equation for free particle is

∂2 Ψ 2𝑚
𝑎) + (E-V) Ψ=0
∂𝑥 2 ħ2
∂2 Ψ 2𝑚
𝑏) + E Ψ=0
∂𝑥 2 ħ2
∂2 Ψ 2𝑚
𝑐) + (E-V) Ψ=0
∂𝑥 2 ħ
𝑑Ψ 2𝑚
𝑑) + (E-V) Ψ=0
𝑑𝑥 ħ2
38) An acceptable wave function must be

a) Finite and single Valued
b) Normalized and infinite
c) Infinite and single valued
d) Multivalued and normalized
39) Eigen values for one dimensional infinite box are permitted
a) arbitrary energy level
b) discrete energy level
c) continuous energy level
d) highest energy level
40) In Compton effect the electron that take part is
a) free
b) bound
c) emitted from nucleus
41) Compton shift is given by, where Ф is the angle of scattering of photon
ℎ
a) 𝑚0 𝑐
(1-cosФ)
ℎ
b) (1-cosФ)
𝑚0 𝑐 2
ℎ
c) (1+cosФ)
𝑚0 𝑐 2
ℎ
d) (1-sinФ)
𝑚0 𝑐 2

STUDY ZONE
42) In Compton effect maximum change in wavelength occurs at Ф= π is

a) 0.0242 A0
b) 0.0484 A0
c) 0.0121 A0
d) 0.0224 A0
43) An X-ray photon wavelength doubled on being scattering through 900. The wavelength of
the incident photon
a) 0.242 A0
b) 0.0242 A0
c) 2.42 A0
d) 0.00680 A0
44) Compton effect is not observed for

a) X- rays
b) Gamma-rays
c) Visible rays
d) Both (a) & (b)
45) If the frequency of the incident rays is 1.8 x 1018 sec-1, wavelength of the x-ray photon
scattering at 1800 from a carbon block is
a) 0.0484A0
b) 1.72 A0
c) 0.242 A0
d) 2.84 A0
46) The de Broglie wavelength for relativistic mass is given as
𝑣2 𝑣2 𝑣2
ℎ√1− 2 ℎ(1− 2 ) ℎ ℎ√1− 2
𝑐 𝑐 𝑐
a) 𝜆 = b) 𝜆 = c) 𝜆 = d) 𝜆 =
𝑚0 𝑣 𝑚0 𝑣 𝑣2 𝑚𝑣
𝑚0 √(1− 2 )
𝑐
47) According to Schrodinger, a particle is equivalent to a
a) wave packet
b) photon
c) single wave
d) quanta
48) A matter wave associated with moving particle is called
a) Acoustic wave b) Matter wave c) E.M wave d) Sound wave
49) The wave nature of material particles was first proposed by
a) Schrodinger b) Heisenberg c) de-Broglie d) Maxwell
50) X-rays of 𝜆=1A0 are scattered from a carbon block. The scattered radiation is
viewed at 450, then Compton shift ∆λ is
a) 4.08x10-3A0
b) 2.42x 10-3 A0
c) 5.06 x 10-3A0
d) 7.08x 10-3A0

STUDY ZONE
Module -4: Wave Optics (Interference & Diffraction)

1. To observe diffraction, the size of an obstacle
(a) should be of the same order as wavelength
(b) should be much larger than the wavelength
(c) has no relation to wavelength
(d) should exactly be  / 2 .
2. Which one of the following plane transmission gratings of width W, and number of lines
per cm N will have the maximum resolving power in the first order?
(a) W=1 cm , N =5000
(b) W=1.5 cm , N =4000
(c) W=2 cm , N =2400
(d) W=3 cm, N =1500.
3. The number of rulings (N) in grating is made larger. Then
(a) the principal and secondary (all) maxima will become sharp and intense
(b) the principal and secondary (all) maxima will become faint and wide
(c) the principal maxima will become intense and sharp, while secondary maxima become
weak
(d) the principal maxima become weaker while secondary maxima become sharp and intense.
4. Two strong components in the atomic spectrum of sodium have wavelengths of 589.00 nm
and 589.59 nm. What resolving power must a grating have if these
wavelengths are to be distinguished?
(a) 999
(b) 795
(c) 491
(d) 300
5. Which of the following is one of the essential conditions for observing Fresnel class of
diffraction?
(a) Both source and screen are at infinite distance from the slit
(b) Either source or screen are at infinite distance from the slit
(c) Neither source nor screen are at infinite distance from the slit
(d) None of the above.
6. The condition for observing Fraunhofer diffraction from a single slit is that the light wave
front incident on the slit should be
(a) spherical
(b) cylindrical
(c) plane
(d) elliptical.
7. Monochromatic blue light has been used to obtain the diffraction pattern of a narrow slit
on a screen. Keeping the experimental set up unchanged, if blue light is replaced by red,
the diffraction pattern will be
(a) wider
(b) narrower
(c) unchanged
(d) disappear.
8. According to Rayleigh’s criteria of resolution, the two spectral lines are said to be just
resolved, if the intensity of the dip in the middle is
(a) 4/π2 times the intensity at either of the maxima
(b) 8/π2 times the intensity at either of the maxima
(c) 6/π2 times the intensity at either of the maxima

STUDY ZONE
(d) 10/π2 times the intensity at either of the maxima.

9. The resultant intensity in a plane transmission grating at a point on the screen placed in
the focal plane of the lens is represented
A 2 sin 2 
(a)
2
A 2 sin 2  sin 2 N
(b)
2 sin 2 
A2 sin 2 
(c) N2
 2
4A2 sin 2 
(d) cos2 
2
10. Most of light is concentrated in principal maximum I0 at a single slit. The intensity of
secondary maxima falls off rapidly as:
(a) I0 : I1 : I2 =1: (1/22) : ( 1/62)
(b) I0 : I1 : I2 =1: (1/36) : ( 1/62)
(c) I0 : I1 : I2 =1: (1/4) : ( 1/25)
(d) I0 : I1 : I2 =1: (1/122) : ( 1/120)
11. A single slit is illuminated by light composed of two wavelengths 1 and 2 .It is observed
that due to Fraunhofer diffraction ,the first minima obtained for 1 coincides with the
second diffraction minima of 2 .The relation between them is
(a) 1 = 2 / 2
(b) 1 = 22
(c) 1 = 2
2
(d) 1 = 32 / 2
12. The spectra in a grating of 5000 lines/cm that goes missing when the width of opaque
region is twice the transparencies is
(a) 2,4,6….
(b) 2,3,5…
(c) 3,6,10…
(d) 3,6,9…
13. How many orders will be visible if the wavelength of incident radiation is 5000 A0 and
the number of lines on the grating is 2620 in one inch?
(a) 19
(b) 10

STUDY ZONE
(c) 1
(d) 2
14. In N slit grating, the number of minima between two consecutive principal maxima
(a) N
(b) N-2
(c) N-1
(d) 2N
15. In a Fraunhofer diffraction experiment at a single slit using light of wavelength 400
0 
nm, the first minimum is formed at an angle of 30 .Then the direction of the first secondary
maximum is
4
(a) tan −1  
3
(b) 600
3
(c) sin −1  
4
3
(d) tan −1  
4
16. Bending of light about corner of obstacle ‘s sharp edge is called
(a) deviation
(b) dispersion
(c) polarisation
(d) diffraction
17. X-ray crystallography uses which characteristic of light?
a) Polarization
b) Interference
c) Diffraction
d) Coherency
18. How are these two images resolved?
(a) Not resolved

(b) Just resolved
(c) Partially resolved
(d) Well resolved

STUDY ZONE
secondary maxima to the intensity of principal maxima?

(a) 1 + (N2-1) sin2β
(b) 1/1 + (N2-1) sin2β
(c) (N2-1) sin2β
(d) 1/(N2-1) sin2β
20. The expression for the maximum number of orders in a grating spectrum is
(a) λ/ (a + b)
(b) a/λ
(c) b/λ
(d) (a + b)/ λ
Module -4: Wave Optics (Interference)
Q1) Interference in the soap bubble changes.
a) continuously
b) does not change.
c) in discrete manner
Q2) The equation of minimum intensities for interference in thin film (reflected system)
a) 2µtcos r =(2n-1)λ/2
b) 2µtcos r =nλ
c) 2µtcos r=n/2
d) 2µtcos r= λ2
Q3) The separation between the two successive bright fringes in wedge-shaped thin film
a) 2λµθ b) λ/2µ c) λ/µθ d) λ/2µθ
Q4) The central spot of the rings in Newton’s ring setup (reflected system) appears
a) Bright b) coloured rings c) dark d) none of the above
Q5) The diameters of the bright rings are proportional to the square roots of the
a) odd natural numbers b) even natural numbers c)zero d) all of the above
Q6) The diameters of the dark rings are proportional to the square roots of the
a) odd natural numbers b) natural numbers c)zero d) all of the above
Q7) The equation of maximum intensities for interference in thin film (reflected system)
a) 2µtcos r =(2n-1)λ/2 b) 2µtcos r =nλ c) 2µtcos r=n/2 d) 2µtcos r= λ2
Q8) The wavelength of sodium light using Newton’s ring experiment is

a) λ=(D2n+p- D2n)/8PR b) λ=(D2n+p- D2n)/PR c) λ=(D2n+p- D2n)/6PR d) λ=(D2n+p- D2n)/4PR
Q9) The liquid of refractive index µ is introduced between the glass plate and the plano-convex
lens, the diameter of the ring ______, the rings ________.
a) Increases, expand b) remain same, no change c) decrease, contract d)none of
the above

STUDY ZONE
Q10) When an air film between the plano-convex lens and glass plate is illuminated with an
extended white source of light in Newton’s ring experiment (reflected system).
a) It will have concentric mixed colored rings (violet to red)around black center
b) No rings will appear
c) It will have concentric white rings around bright center
d) It will have concentric mixed colored rings (violet to red)around white center.
Q11) An excessively thin film appears ________ in reflected system when illuminated with an
extended source of white light.
a) indigo b)green c) white d) black
Q12) The interference patterns of reflected and transmitted monochromatic light are
a) same b)complimentary c) black d) none of the above
Q13) When a wave of light is reflected at the surface of denser medium, it always suffers a phase
change of
a)π b)2π c) π/2 d) zero
Q14) The spacing between the successive rings _______with the order of the ring.
a) increases b)is nearly zero c) remain constant d) decreases.
Q15) White light falls normally on a film of soapy water whose thickness is 1.5 × 10-5 cm and
refractive index 1.33. Which wavelength in the visible region will be reflected strongly?
a) 2.66×10-5 cm b) 7.98×10-5 cm c) 1.596×10-5 cm d) 1.14×10-5 cm
Q16) Light of wavelength 6000A0 falls normally on a thin wedge –shaped film of refractive index
1.4 forming fringes that are 2mm apart. Find the angle of wedge in degree.
a) 0.00510 b) 0.00410 c) 0.00610 d) 0.00310
Q17) Newton’s rings are observed normally in reflected light of wavelength 6000A0 . The
diameter of the 10th dark ring is 0.50 cm. Find the radius of curvature.
a)106 cm b)106 mm c) 107 cm d) 107 mm
Q18) Newton’s rings are observed by keeping a spherical surface of 100 cm radius on a plane
glass plate. If the diameter of the 15th bright ring is 0.590 cm and the diameter of the 5th ring is
0.336 cm, what is the wavelength of the light used?
a)7888 A0 b)8550 A0 c) 5880A0 d) 4880A0
Q19) Light of wavelength 5893A0 is reflected at nearly normal incidence from a soap film of
refractive index =1.42. What is the least thickness of the film that will appear bright?
a)1087.5 A0 b)1037.5 A0 c) 1007.5 A0 d) 1027.5 A0
Q20) A thick film shows ________in reflected system when illuminated with an extended source
of white light.
a)black colour b) blue colour c) no colour d) coloured fringes

STUDY ZONE
UNIT-5(FIBRE OPTICS & LASER)
Q.1 Light is guided within the core of a step index fibre by:
(a) refraction at the core –air interface
(b) TIR at the core-cladding interface.
(c) TIR at the outer surface of the cladding.
(d) change in the speed of light within the core
Q.2 A step index fibre has a core with refractive index of 1.50 and a cladding with a refractive
index of 1.46 . Its numerical aperture is:
(a)0.156 (b) 0.244 (c) 0.344 (d) 0.486
Q.3 Pulse broadening in graded index fibre is due to:
(a) intermodal dispersion
(b)intramodal dispersion
(c) both (a) and (b)
(d)none of these
Q.4 What will be the required cut-off value of the normalizes frequency parameter to support a
single mode in a graded-index fibre with a parabolic profile:
(a)0 (b) 2.405 (c) 3.405 (d) 3.832
Q.5 What is the cut-off wavelength of a step-index single mode fibre with core diameter of 8.2 
m and NA=0.12
(a)0.850 m (b) 1.285 m (c) 1.320 m (d) 1.550 m
Q.6 The condition for TIR to take place is:
(a) sin   (n2/n1) (b) sin   (n2/n1) (c) sin   (n1/n2) (d) sin   (n1/n2)
Q.7 Optical fibre are made of:
(a)metallic conductor
(b)plastics doped with metallic imp
urities
(c) dielectrics materials
(d)magnetic oxides
Q.8 If the NA for an optical fibre is 0.37, the acceptance angle is:
(a)21.710 (b)75.870 (c) 43.380 (d) 300
Q.9 The basic material for glass fibre is:
(a)B2O3 (b) P2O5 (c) GeO2 (d) SiO2

STUDY ZONE
Q.10 Loss of light intensity in optical fibre is due to:
(a)scattering (b) absorption (c) refraction (d) (a) &(b) both
Q.11 If  m is the acceptance angle in an optical fibre . The NA will be:
(a) cos  m (b) sin  m (c) tan  m (d) sin2  m
Q.12 Acceptance angle is the:
(a)minimum angle of incidence
(b) maximum angle of incidence
(c)it can be maximum or minimum depending on nature of material used in core
(d)none of these
Q.13 For single mode fibres , the V-parameter is always:
(a)  2.405 (b)  2.405 (c)  4.205 (d)  4.205
Q.14 The reduction in amplitude or intensity of a signal as it is guided through an optical fiber is
called attenuation and scattering is major cause of attenuation in optical fiber. How the scattering
is related to the wavelength of light signal in optical fiber:
(a)directly proportional to the wavelength
(b)directly proportional to square of the wavelength
©directly proportional to the fourth power of wavelength
(d) inversely proportional to the fourth power of wavelength
Q.15 A optical fiber has a core refractive index of 1.36 and relative difference in index is 0.025. The
value of numerical aperture will be:
(a)0.304 (b) 3.04 (c) 30.4 (d) 304
Q.16 The optical power, after propagating through a fiber that is 500 meter long is reduced to 25%
of its original value. The value of fiber loss in dB/km will be:
(a)25 (b) 100 (c) 12.04 (d) 1.204
Q.17 The ratio of Einsteins coefficient A and B can be expressed as:
(a)8  h  3/c3 (b) 8  hc/  3 (c) 8  hc3/  3 (d) 8  hc/ 
Q.18 The population inversion necessary for laser action, how it is achieved in ruby laser :
(a)electric discharge (b) optical pumping
(c)direct conversion (d) inelastic atom-atom collision
Q.19 Out of the following, which one is a two level laser:
(a)CO2 laser (b) He-Ne laser
(a)Ruby laser (d) Semiconductor laser

STUDY ZONE
Q.20 Laser beam is highly coherent, so it can be used in:
(a)interference (b) diffraction
(c)polarisation (d) scattering
Q.21 Which of the following is not true for laser:
(a)extremely intense light (b) perfectly monochromatic
(c)coherent (d) divergent
Q.22 If a laser operates at a wavelength of 496 nm, what is the energy of each photon in e V :
(a)0.5e V (b) 2.5 e V (c) 1 e V (d) 5 e V
Q.23 The He-Ne laser emits the following wavelength
(a)6943 A0 (b) 6428 A0 (c)6328 A0 (d) 6398 A0
Q.24 The directionality of a laser beam is measured by:
(a)visibility of interference fringes
(b)the size and aperture of the laser source
(c)the divergence angle of the beam with the distance from the source
(d)nature of the lasing medium
Q.25 In He-Ne laser, the helium and neon are in the ratio:
(a) 1:7 (b) 1:1 (c) 1:10 (d) 10:1
Q.26 He-Ne laser is a
(a) three level laser
(b) four level laser
(c)two level laser
(d) none of these
Q.27 The population inversion necessary for laser action, how it is achieved in He-Ne laser
(a)optical pumping (b) electric discharge
(c)direct conversion (d) chemical reaction
Q.28 Which of the following is used as the active medium for the Ruby laser:
(a) Cr2O3 (b) Al2O3 (c) Chromium ions (d) Al3+ ions
Q.29 The life time of atoms in a metastable state is of the order of:
(a) millisecond (b) microsecond (c) nanosecond (d) picoseconds

STUDY ZONE
Q.30. Laser is based on
(a) Absorption (b) Spontaneous emission (c) Stimulated emission (d) both (b) and (c)
Q.31 The energy of a photon of a laser beam of wavelength 6328 Angstrom should be:
(a) 196 e V (b) 19.6 e V (c) 1.96 e V (d) 0.196 e V
Q.32 In case of Ruby laser which have three energy states E1, E2 and E3 (E3>E2>E1), the laser
transition happened between:
(a) E2 and E1 (b) E1 and E3 (c) Only at E3 Level (d) E2 and E3
Q.33 In an optical fibre , the relation between the refractive indices of core (n1) and cladding(n2)
is:
(a) n1=n2 (b) n1<n2 (c) n1>n2 (d) none of these
Q.34 Pumping source preferred for gaseous lasers is:
(a) optical pumping (b) electrical pumping
(c) chemical pumping (d) X-ray pumping
Q.35In an optical fiber refractive index of core is 1.55 and cladding refractive index is 1.50. The
value of critical angle in degree should be:
(a) 75.4 (b) 23 (c) 17.7 (d) 25
Q.36 A step index fiber has the normalized frequency equal to 24.75, then the no of modes should
be:
(a) 100 (b) 1 (c) 0 (d) 306
Q.37 A certain ruby laser emits 1.00 J pulses of light whose wavelength is 6940 A0. What is the
minimum number of Cr3+ ions in the ruby laser:
(a)3.49x1018 ions (b) 34.9x1018 ions (c) 3.49x1017 ions (d) 0.349x1018 ions
Q.38 In ruby laser the transition from excited state to metastable state is:
(a) pumping transition (b) radiation less transition
(c)laser transition (d) a transition that emits laser of wavelength 6943 A0
Q.39 The maximum number of modes supported by a graded index fibre is:
(a) Nmax  V2/4 (b) Nmax  V2/3 (c) Nmax  V3/4 (d) Nmax  V2/3
Q.40 Fractional refractive index is defined as:
(a)  =n1-n2/n1 (b)  =n1+n2/n1 (c)  =n1/n1-n2 (d)  =n1+n2/2

STUDY ZONE
MCQ-Engineering Physics
1. Which of the following could be considered inertial frames of reference?
a. A train at rest
b. A train travelling with a constant velocity of 54 m/s
c. A train speeding up to 54 m/s
d. Both a and b
2. A rod moves along the length with a relativistic velocity v , then the rod
a. Extends along its length
b. Contract along its length
c. Contract perpendicular to its length
d. Contract along all direction.
3. Lorentz transformation assume
a. Space and time both are relative

b. Space and time both are absolute
c. Space is absolute and time is relative
d. Space is relative and time is absolute
4. According to special relativity, which physical properties below are dependent on the
observer speed
a. Length
b. Time
c. Mass
d. All of above
5. The circle in rest frame appear to ellipse for frame moving relative to rest
frame due to
(a) Length contraction
(b) Time dilation
(c) Relativistic velocity addition theorem
(d) All of these

STUDY ZONE
6. For particle having zero rest mass and momentum p, the total energy of particle is
a) Infinite
b) pc
c) p/c
d) 0
7. What will be the rest energy of an electron?
(a) 0.31 MeV
(b) 0.41 MeV
(c) 0.51 MeV
0.61 MeV
(d)
8. Lorentz transformations x2 + y2 + z2 - c2t 2 is
a) Invariant
b) Not Invariant
c) Relative
d) None of these
9. Which process is the example of mass energy equivalence
(a) Pair production
(d) All of these
10. Michelson Morley experiment conclusively establishes that there is no ----frame but all frames are
............
a) Absolute, Relative
b) Relative, Absolute
c) Both a and b
d) None of these
11. Maxwell’s Equations describe the integration of which two fundamental forces
a) Electricity and Magnetism
b) Electricity and the Weak Nuclear force
c) Magnetism and the Weak Nuclear force
d) Electricity and the Strong Nuclear force
12. The charge build up in the capacitor is due to which quantity
a) Conduction current
b) Displacement current
c) Direct current
d) Convection current

STUDY ZONE
13.The total electric flux through any closed surface surrounding charges is proportional to the
amount of charge enclosed”. The above statement is associated with
a) Coulomb's square law
b) Gauss's law
c) Lenz’s Law
d) Faraday’s Law
14. In an Electromagnetic wave the direction of magnetic field induction B is
a) Parallel to Electric field
b) Perpendicular to electric field
c) anti parallel to Poynting vector
d) none of these
15. Displacement current arise due to
(a) Static electric field
(c) Positive charges only
(d) Negative charge only
16. The law which states that the variation of electric field cause magnetic field is :-
(a) Faraday’s Law
(b) Lenz’s Law
(c) Biot Savart’s Law
(d) Modified Ampere’s law
17. Maxwell’s equations give the relations between

(a) Different fields
(b) Different sources
(c) Different boundary conditions
(d) None
18. The electromagnetic wave travels along z-axis. Which is following pair of space and time varying
field would generate such a wave
a) Ex , By
b) E y , Bx
c) E y , Bz
d) Ez , By

STUDY ZONE
19. Electromagnetic wave

a) Transfer energy
b) Cannot transfer energy
c) May transfer energy
d) None of these Answer
20. The electromagnetic wave is propagating in a medium with permittivity ε is and
permeability μ, the quantity is
a. Refractive index of medium

b. Intrinsic impedance of medium
c. Energy density of medium
d. Velocity of electromagnetic wave
21. Poynting's theorem is a statement of
a) Conservation of momentum for the electromagnetic field
b) Conservation of energy for the electromagnetic field,
c) Conservation of energy and momentum for the electromagnetic field

d) None of these
22. The high frequency current flow

(a) Inside the conductor
(b) At the Surface of conductor
(c) Both a and b
(d) None of above
23. The skin effect is a phenomenon observed in
(a) Conductors
(b) Semi conductors
(c) Insulators
(d) Dielectric
24. Equation of continuity is
a) Total current flowing out of volume must be equal to the rate of decrease of charge within
that volume

STUDY ZONE
b) Total charge flowing out of volume must be equal to the rate of decrease of current within
that volume
c) Total Electric Field flowing out of volume must be equal to the rate of decrease of charge
within that volume
d) All the Above
25. The de-Broglie hypothesis is associated with
a) Wave nature of electrons only
b) Wave nature of ᾀ particle only
c) Wave nature of radiations
d) Wave nature of all material particles
26. The de-Broglie wavelength of an electron in the first Bohr orbit is

(a)Equal to one-fourth the circumference of first orbit
(b) Equal to twice the circumference of first orbit
(c) Equal to half the circumference of first orbit
(d) Equal to the circumference of first orbit
27. The velocity of Matter wave is
(a) Greater than velocity of electromagnetic wave
(b) Less than velocity of electromagnetic wave
(c) Equal to velocity of electromagnetic wave
(d) none of above
28. The wavelength associated with the non- relativistic electron having kinetic energy(E) is
a) E1/ 2
b) E
c) E-1/2
d)
E3/2
29. The function representing matter waves may be
a) Complex
b) Unity
c) Zero
d) Infinity

STUDY ZONE
30. The operator ∇2 is called operator

a) Laplacian
b) Hamiltonian
c) Poisson
d) Vector
31. Compton effect in X-ray supports

a) Wave nature of X-ray
b) Particle nature of X-ray
c) X-ray is charged particle
d) X-ray is neutral wave
32. The wavelength of X-ray is order of
a) 1A0
b) 1µm
c) 1cm
d) 1m
33. Compton effect cannot be observed with

(a) X-ray.
(b) Visible ray.
(c) γ -ray
(d) X-ray and γ-ray
34. Compton shift is depend upon
a) Frequency of incident radiation
b) Amplitude of scattered radiation
d) Nature of scatterer material
35. As the wavelength of the radiation decreases, the intensity of the black body
radiations
a) Increases
b) Decreases
d) First decreases then increases
36. Two sources of light are said to be coherent if
a) They produce the waves of same wavelength
b) They produce the waves of same amplitude

STUDY ZONE
c) They produce the waves having initial constant phase difference

d) They produce the waves of same wavelength and amplitudes
37. The virtual coherent sources are produced by

(a) Division of amplitude
(b) Division of wave front
(c) both (a) and (b)
(d) None of these
38. On a rainy day, small oil films on water show brilliant colours’. This is due to
a) Interference
b) Dispersion
c) Diffraction
d) Polarisation
39. A Film is said to be thin if its thickness is
(a) Oder of micrometer
(b) Oder of nanometre
(c) Oder of Pico meter
(d) Very much smaller than wavelength of light
40. Interference occurs in?
(a) Longitudinal waves only
(b) Transverse waves only
(c) Electromagnetic waves only
(d) All above
41. Why Newton's rings are circular-

(a) The locus of points of equal thickness of film is a square
(b) The locus of points of equal thickness of film is a spherical
(c) The locus of points of equal thickness of film is a elliptical
(d) The locus of points of equal thickness of film is a circle
42. Application of Newton’s ring experiment is

a) Determination of wavelength of source
b) Determination of refractive index of medium
c) Determination optical flatness
d) All of above

STUDY ZONE
43. Rayleigh’s criterion for resolution of two nearby wavelength is

a. Minima of one wavelength coincide with maxima of other wavelength
b. Minima of one wavelength coincide with minima of other wavelength
c. Maxima of one wavelength coincide with maxima of other wavelength
d. All of above
44. What information is given by Dispersive power of grating –
(a) Dispersive power gives an idea about the angular separation and degree of closeness of
spectral lines.
(b) Dispersive power gives an idea about the angular separation of spectral lines
(c) Dispersive power gives an idea of angular closeness between lines of spectrum.
(d) All of above
45. In diffraction through grating, If λ is the wavelength of light and θ is angle of diffraction then
dispersive power of grating
(a) dθ/dλ
(b) dλ/dθ
(c) ndθ/dλ
(d) dθ/ndλ
46. In plane transmission grating, the effect of increasing the slit ‘b’ and taking constant ‘a’ in grating
element (a+b) will
(a) Increase in number of interference maxima in central maxima

(b) Decreases in number of interference maxima in central maxima
(c) Central maxima is disappear
(d) none of these
47. High information carrying capability of optical fibre is measured with their
(a) Low losses
(b) High bandwidth
(c) Low cost
(d) High bandwidth

STUDY ZONE
48. Which of the following is an Advantages of Optical Fibre?

(a) Thin and non-flammable
(b) Less power consumption
(c) Economical and cost-effective
(d) All of the above
49. Multimode step index fiber has

(a) Large core diameter & large numerical aperture
(b) Small core diameter & large numerical aperture
(c) Small core diameter & small numerical aperture
(d) Small core diameter & small numerical aperture
50. LASER is abbreviation of :-

a) Light amplification by spontaneous emission of radiation
b) Light amplification by stimulated emission of radiation
c) Light absorption by spontaneous emission of radiation
d) Light absorption by stimulated emission of radiation
51. Laser beam consist of

(a)Light material particle (b)Electrons (c) Highly coherent beam of photons (d) Cosmic Ray
52. First working LASER is

(a) He-Ne Laser
(b) Ruby Laser
(c) Semiconductor Laser

(d) Dye Laser
53. According to Einstein?

a) Ratio of coefficient of probabilities of absorption and stimulated emission is equal to 1.
b) Ratio of coefficient of probabilities of spontaneous emission and stimulated emission is
proportional to υ 3
c) Both a and b
d) None of these

STUDY ZONE
54. Characteristics of Laser beam is

(a) High degree of directionality
(b) High degree of coherence
(c) Highly monochromatic
(d) All of above
57. The main component of Laser is

a) Active medium
b) Pumping mechanism
c) Resonator cavity
d) All the Above
58. In diffraction of white light, which colour show maximum diffraction angle?
(a) Violet
(b) Blue
(c) Green
(d) Red
59. In the double slit experiment the resultant intensity is
4A2 sin 2 
cos2 
(a) 2
A2 sin 2 
cos2 
(b) 2
4 A 2 2 Sin 2 cos2 
(c)
A2 2 Sin 2 cos2 
(d)
60. If a and b are transparencies and opacities in a diffraction grating the condition of maxima is
(a) (a + b) sin  = n
(b) N (a + b) sin  = n
(c) N
(d) (a + b) sin  = n / 2

STUDY ZONE
61. What is the SI unit of the Resolving power of a plane transmission grating?
(a) m-1
(b) cm-1
(c) s-1
(d) No SI unit
62. Maximum number of orders possible with a grating is
a) directly proportional to wavelength
b) directly proportional to grating element
c) independent of grating element
d) inversely proportional to grating element
63. Which of the following is essential for observing diffraction?
a) a narrow slit
b) two coherent sources
c) a screen
d) white light
64. Diffraction was discovered by
a) Newton b) Huygens c) Grimaldi d) Fresnel
65. A grating has 5 cm of surface, ruled with 6000 lines/cm. What is the resolving power of grating in the
first order?
a) 1200 b) 12000 c) 30000 d) 3000
66. The width of the single slit is halved in Fraunhofer diffraction. The first minimum
a) moves away from the center of the screen
b) moves towards the centre of the screen.
c) moves to the center of the screen
d) remains as the same position.
67. The ability of an instrument to separate the two distant point objects very close to each other is called
as its
a) Resolving power b) dispersive power c) magnifying power d) interference
68. Interference shows the
a) wave nature of light
a) particle nature of light
b) both (a) & (B)
c) All of the above

STUDY ZONE
69.According to stokes law, the wave reflected from denser medium will suffer a phase change of
a) 3 π
b) 2 π
c) π
d) 0
70.The locus of all particles in a medium, vibrating in the same phase is called
a) Wavelet
b) Fringe
c) wave front
d) None of these
71.When a film is illuminated by white light, its upper portion appears dark. Path difference between two
reflected beams at the spot must be
a) zero
b) λ/2
c) 2 λ/2
d) π
72.The shape of the fringes observed in interference due to constant thickness thin film is
a) Straight
b) Circular
c) Hyperbolic
d) Elliptical
Q 73.Diffraction of light is evidence that
a) The speed of light is very large
b) Light is transverse wave
c) Light is electromagnetic in character
d) Light is a wave phenomenon.
Q 74. A wavelength is often measured in which of the following units?
a) Radians
b) Angstroms
c) Electron Volt
d) Second
Q 75.Newton’s rings are circular as
a) The locus of points of equal thickness of film is a square.
b) The locus of points of equal thickness of film is spherical.
c) The locus of points of equal thickness of the film is elliptical.

STUDY ZONE
d) The locus of points of equal thickness of film is a circle.
Q 76. A thin film of refractive index 1.5 and thickness 1µm is placed in the path of light. What is the path
difference observed in reflected light in case of normal incidence.
a) 2µm
b) 1.5µm
c) 1µm
d) 3 µm
Q 77. For transmitted light, the central spot in Newton’s ring is
a) Dark
b) Bright
c) Bright and Dark
d) Coloured
78.Two photons came toward each other with speed of 0.7 c with respect to laboratory. What is their
relative speed?
(a) 0.939c
(b) 1.41c
(c) 0.838c
(d) c
79.The relativistic velocity addition theorem is consistent with
(a) First postulate of special theory of relativity
(b) Second postulate of special theory of relativity
(c) Einstein’ s mass -energy relation
(d) Galilean Transformation
80.Which of the following is variant under Galilean Transformation?
(a) The length between two points
(b) Velocity
(c) Acceleration
(d) Newton’s law of motion
81.Describe what is meant by the sentence, “Simultaneity is not absolute”
a) Events may not appear simultaneous in all frames of reference.

b) The speed of light is not the same in all frames of reference.
c) The laws of physics may be different in different inertial frames of reference.
d) All the above

STUDY ZONE
1
82.What does this expression represent: 2
√1−𝑣2
𝑐
a) time dilation
b) relativistic factor
c) relativistic energy
d) length contraction
83. The speed of a photon is

(a) 0.5 c
(b) c
(c ) 2c
(d) 0.9c
84.Why did Michelson and Morley orient light beams at right angles to each other?
a) To observe the particle nature of light

b) To observe the effect of the passing ether on the speed of light
c) To obtain a diffraction pattern by combination of light
d) To obtain a constant path difference for interference of light
85.A frame of reference has four coordinates, x, y, z, and t is referred to as the

b) non-inertial frame of reference
86.In Relativistic case, as the velocity of the particle equal the speed of light, the Kinetic energy will be
a) Zero
b) Kinetic Energy as in non-Relativistic case
c) Rest Energy
d) Infinite
87. Which basic law is used for the derivation of mass variation with velocity?
a) Law of conservation of Energy
b) Law of conservation of Kinetic Energy
c) Law of conservation of Momentum
d) Law of conservation of mass

STUDY ZONE
88.The basic theorem/principle used to obtain mass-energy relation is
a) Heisenberg’s Uncertainty Principle

b) Work-Energy Theorem
c) Momentum Conservation Theorem
d) Maxwell Theorem
89. The energy of photon of wavelength 2000 Å

(a) 6.2 eV
(b) 10 eV
(c) 5 eV
(d) 0.62 eV
90.The angular momentum of an electron in its orbit is given by
(a) h/3π
(b) h/5π
(c) nh/3π
(d) nh/2π
91.Schrodinger’s wave equation is applicable to
(a) non-relativistic motion
(b) relativistic motion
(c) Neither for (a) nor (b)
(d) Both (a) and (b)
92.Which of the following is the correct expression for the group velocity?
a) υλ
b) dω/dυ
c) dE/dk
d) dω/dk
93.The wave function Ψ must be

a) Normalize
b) Infinite
c) Discrete
d) Multiple values

STUDY ZONE
94.In an interference pattern, the intensity at a point is maximum if the phase difference between two
interfering light beams at that point is
(a) Even multiple of π
(b) Odd multiple of π
(c) Integral multiple of π
(d) Does not depend on π
95.In an interference pattern, the intensity at a point is minimum if the phase difference between two
interfering light beams at that point is
(a) Even multiple of π
(b) Odd multiple of π
(c) Integral multiple of π
(d) Does not depend on π
96.In Fraunhofer single slit (width of slit a) diffraction, the path difference between rays from the slits is
(a) a cos θ
(b) a sec θ
(c) a sin θ
(d) a tan θ
97.In Fraunhofer single slit diffraction, the minimum intensities are formed at angles.
𝑛𝜆
(a) 𝑠𝑖𝑛−1 ( 𝑎 )
𝑛𝜆
(b) 𝑐𝑜𝑠 −1 ( 𝑎 )
𝑎
(c) 𝑠𝑖𝑛−1 (𝑛𝜆)
(d) 0
98.In Fraunhofer class of diffraction, the distance between slit and screen is
(a) Infinite
(b) Finite
(c) More than 100 meters
(d) Less than 100 meters
99.Suppose pure-wavelength light falls on a diffraction grating. What happens to the interference pattern
if the same light falls on a grating that has more lines per centimetre?
a) The Intensity of principal maxima will increase

b) The Intensity of principal maxima will decrease
c) The Intensity of principal maxima will remain same
d) None of these

STUDY ZONE
100.The wave velocity in non-conducting (dielectric) medium is

1
(a)
√µ∊
µ
(b) √ ⁄∊
(c) √𝑐⁄∊0
1 1
(d) √ µ
0 ∊0
101.In free space, the values of conduction current and charge density is
a) 0 and infinity
b) 0 and 0
c) infinity and 0
µ 1
d) √ ⁄∊ and
√µ∊
102.Tesla is a unit of
(a) field strength (b) inductance (c) flux density (d) flux
103.The unit of relative permeability is
(a) henry/metre (b) henry (c) henry/sq. m (d) it is dimensionless
104.The intrinsic impedance of free space
a) increases with increase of frequency

b) decreases with increase of frequency
c) is independent of frequency
d) none
105.How far does light travel in 1.00min in free space?
a) 1.80×107km
b) 1.80×1013km
c) 5.00×106m
d) 5.00×108m
106.Multimode step index fiber has

d) Small core diameter & small numerical aperture.

STUDY ZONE
107 In stimulated emission which among following parameters is same between emitted photon and
stimulating photon
a) Polarization
b) Phase
c) Frequency
d) All of the above
108.The average lifetime of an atom in its metastable state is

(a) 10−8 𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑑𝑠
(b) 10−12 𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑑𝑠
(c) 10−9 𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑑𝑠
(d) 10−3 𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑑𝑠
109.The best fiber for very long-distance communication is
(a) Multimode step index fiber
(b) Single mode step index
(c) Graded index fiber
(d) None of these
110.The numerical aperture of the fiber whose acceptance angle is 22.580
(a) 22.58
(b) 0.2258
(c) 0.384
(d) 3.84
111. The continuity equation is combination of which of the two laws:-
(a) Ohm’s law and Gauss law
(b) Ampere law and Gauss law
(c) Ohm’s law and Ampere law
(d) Maxwell law and Ampere law
112. The characteristic of bad conductors is (symbols have their meanings) :-

𝜎
(a)𝜔𝜀 >> 1
𝝈
(b) 𝝎𝜺 << 1
𝜔
(c) 𝜎𝜀 >> 1
𝜔
(d) 𝜎𝜀 << 1

STUDY ZONE
113. If the magnitude of 𝐻

⃗ in a plane wave is 1amp/meter, the magnitude of 𝐸⃗ for plane
wave in free space is:-
(a) 376.72 V/m
(b) 376.72 ohm

(c ) 376.72 A/m
(d) 376.72 A/m2
114.Differential form of Maxwell’s equations are :-
𝜌 𝜕𝐵⃗ 𝜕𝐸⃗
(a) ⃗∇. 𝐸⃗ = , ⃗⃗⃗∇. 𝐵
⃗ = 0, ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
∇ × 𝐸⃗ = − 𝜕𝑡 , ⃗∇ × 𝐻
⃗ = ∈𝑂
∈𝑂 𝜕𝑡
𝝆 𝝏𝑩⃗⃗ ⃗
𝝏𝑬
(b) ⃗𝛁
⃗ . ⃗𝑬
⃗ = , ⃗⃗⃗𝛁. ⃗𝑩
⃗ = 𝟎, ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
𝛁 × ⃗𝑬 = − 𝝏𝒕 , ⃗𝛁 × ⃗𝑯
⃗⃗ = 𝑱 + ∈𝑶
∈𝑶 𝝏𝒕
𝜕𝐵 ⃗
⃗ . 𝐸⃗ = 𝜌, ⃗⃗⃗∇. 𝐵
(c) ∇ ⃗ = 0, ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
∇ × 𝐸⃗ = − 𝜕𝑡 , ∇
⃗ ×𝐻
⃗ = 𝐽
𝜕𝐵 ⃗ 𝜕𝐸⃗
(d) ) ⃗∇. 𝐸⃗ = 0, ⃗⃗⃗∇. 𝐵
⃗ = 0, ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
∇ × 𝐸⃗ = − , ⃗∇ × 𝐻
⃗ = ∈𝑂
𝜕𝑡 𝜕𝑡
115. For propagation of EM waves in free space, 𝐸⃗ , 𝐾

⃗ and 𝐻
⃗ are :-
(a) coplanar
(b) co linear
(c) orthogonal
(d) resistance
116. The concept of displacement current was proposed by:-
(a) Maxwell
(b) Faraday
(c) Ampere
(d) Gauss

STUDY ZONE
117. Maxwell’s modified Ampere’s law is valid :
(a) only when electric field does not change with time
(b) only when electric field varies with time
(c) in both of the above situations
𝝏𝑩 ⃗⃗
118. The Maxwell’s equation , ∫ ⃗𝑬 . 𝒅𝒍 = − ∫ 𝝏𝒕 . 𝒅𝒔 is a statement of :-
(a) Gauss Law
(b) Ampere’s Law
(c ) Faraday Law
(d) Modified Ampere’s Law
119. The continuity equation for static electric field is :-
(a ) ∇. 𝐽 = − 𝜕𝜌/𝜕𝑡
(b) 𝛁. 𝑱 = 𝟎
(c ) ∇. 𝐽 = 𝜕𝜌/𝜕𝑡
( d) ∇. 𝐽 = 𝜌
120. Momentum density of an EM wave is :-
(a) energy density/ c
(b) energy/c
(c) energy x c2
(d) mass x velocity
121.The path difference introduced between the components of beam 1 & 2 in Michelson’s interferometer
will beam
(a) Lv2/c2
(b) 2 Lv2/c2
(c) 2 Lv2/c3
(d) 2 Lv3/c3

STUDY ZONE
122.The momentum of a particle of rest mass mo & kinetic energy K is given by
𝑲 𝟐
(a) 𝑷 = √ 𝒄𝟐 + 𝟐𝒎𝟎 𝑲
𝐾2
(b) 𝑃 = √ 𝑐 2 + 4𝑚0 𝐾
𝐾4
(c) 𝑃 = √ 𝑐 2 + 2𝑚0 𝐾
𝐾2
(d) 𝑃 = √ + 8𝑚0 𝐾
𝑐2
123.The circle, x2 + y2 = a2 in frame S appears to be an ellipse in frame S’ which moving with velocity v
relative to S.
(a) Ellipse
(b) Circle
(c) Parabola
124.How fast would a rocket have to go relative to an observer for its length to be conducted to 99% of its
length at rest.
(a) 0.141c
(b) 0.241c
(c) 0.441c
(d) 0.331c
125. A man weight 50 Kg on the earth. When he is in rocket ship in flight his mass is 50.5 Kg as measured
by an observer on earth. What is the speed of rocket?
(a)4.23X107m/sec
(b) 4.23X108m/sec
(c) 4.23X106m/sec
(d) 4.23X105m/sec
126.What will be the rest energy of an electron?
(a) 0.31 MeV
(b) 0.41 MeV
(c) 0.51 MeV
(d) 0.61 MeV

STUDY ZONE
127.If 1 meter rod are moving with a speed 0.75c along X-axis with respect to stationary observer what is
the length of rod observed by stationary observer
(a) 1.2 m
(b) 0.66m
(c) 0.93 m
(d) 1.1m
128.Calculate the percentage contraction of rod moving with a velocity 0.8c in a direction inclined at 60
degree to its own length
(a) 29%
(b) 39%
(c) 49%
(d) 9%
129.Einstein's two postulates of the special theory of relativity?
(a) All laws of physics are the same in every inertial frame and velocity of light is same for all
observers
(b) All laws of physics are the same in every non -inertial frame and velocity of light is different for all
observers
(c) All laws of physics are the not same in every inertial frame and velocity of light is not same for all
observers
130.Which process is the example of mass energy equivalence
(a) Pair production
(d) All of these
131. In an optical fiber, the relation between the refractive indices of core (n1) and cladding(n2) is:
(a) n1=n2 (b) n1›n2
(c) n1‹n2 (d) n1/n2
132. The core diameter of a step index monomode fibre lies in the range

STUDY ZONE
(a) 30-50µm (b) 20-30µm (c) 10-20µm (d) 5-10µm

133. The principle of optical fiber is
(a) Refraction (b) Reflection (c) scattering (d) Total Internal Reflection
134. In an optical fibre, the propagation angle of light must be equal to or more than
(a) acceptance angle (b) incident angle (c) critical angle (d) refraction angle
135. In a graded index multimode fiber (GIMMF)
(a) refractive index of the core has constant value
(b) refractive index of the core is less than that of cladding
(c) refractive index of the core decreases continuously between the axis and the cladding
136. Lifetime of an atom in the excited state is
(a) 10 sec (b) 10-8 sec (c) 10+6 sec (d) 10-4 sec
137. A laser beam consists of
(a) light material particle
(b) electrons
(c) highly coherent photons
(d) cosmic rays
138. Which one of these is almost perfectly monochromatic source?
(a) sun (b) sodium lamp (c) He-Ne laser (d) mercury lamp
139. He-Ne laser emits the following wavelength (in A0)
(a) 6943 (b) 6428 (c) 6328 (d) 6398
140. Which process is required for lasing action is
(a)stimulated absorption
(b) spontaneous emission
(c)stimulated emission
(d) none of these

STUDY ZONE
141. The innermost part of the optical fibre is known as

(a) Cladding
(b) Sheath
(c ) Jacket
(d)core

STUDY ZONE
AJAY KUMAR GARG ENGINEERING COLLEGE

Department of Applied Sciences & Humanities
Question Bank: Objective Type Questions
Engineering Physics: KAS201T
UNIT 1: RELATIVISTIC MECHANICS
Q.NO. Question
1 Objective of famous Michelson-Morley experiment was to
a. Find the velocity of light
b. Detect possible motion of the Earth relative to the sun
c. Detect possible motion of the sun relative to the ether
d. Detect possible motion of the Earth relative to the ether
2 The result of Michelson Morley’s Experiment was

a. light travels with different speed in different directions
b. all the laws of physics are same in all frames
c. there is no relative motion between sun and ether
d. there is no relative motion between earth and ether
3 In Michelson Morley’s experiment, the shift in fringes is given by the
expression……
2𝑙𝑣 2
a. ∆𝑛 = 𝜆
2𝑙𝑣 2 𝑐 2
b. ∆𝑛 = 𝜆
2𝑙𝑣 2
c. ∆𝑛 =
𝑐2𝜆
2𝑣 2
d. ∆𝑛 = 𝑐 2 𝜆
Where the symbols have their usual meaning
4 Lorentz transformation equations are applicable for

a. Non-relativistic velocities only i.e. 𝑣 << 𝑐
b. Relativistic velocities only i.e. 𝑣~𝑐
c. All velocities: relativistic & non-relativistic i.e. 𝑣~𝑐 & 𝑣 << 𝑐
d. Photons only
5 According to the special theory of relativity, physical laws are the same in
frames of reference which
a. are inertial
b. are non-inertial
c. move in circles.
d. None of these
6 Under the conditions of classical mechanics means when v << c, Lorentz
transformation is the same as
a. Einstein’s transformation
b. Galilean transformation
c. Planck’s transformation
c. Maxwell’s transformation
7 What is postulate of constancy of speed of light in Relativistic Mechanics?
a. The speed of light in vacuum is constant in any frame of reference
b. The speed of light in vacuum is constant in any inertial frame of reference

STUDY ZONE
c. The speed of light traveling through any medium is constant in any inertial
frame of reference
d. The speed of light in a vacuum can vary widely in any inertial frame of
reference
8 What is the significance of following term in Relativistic Mechanics?
𝟏
𝟐
√𝟏−𝒗𝟐
𝒄
a. Length contraction
b. Time dilation
c. Relativistic factor
d. Relativistic energy
9 According to length contraction concept, length contracts in which
direction?
a. All the direction
b. Along the direction of motion
c. Perpendicular to direction of motion
d. Towards the centre of object
10 Clocks in a moving reference frame, compared to identical clocks in a
stationary reference frame, appear to run
a. at the same rate
b. slower
c. faster
d. backward in time.
11 If two events are simultaneous (𝒕𝟏 = 𝒕𝟐 ) in one inertial frame at two different
positions (𝒙𝟏 ≠ 𝒙𝟐 ), then these events are……..
a. Simultaneous in another inertial frame (𝑡1 ′ = 𝑡2 ′ )
b. Not simultaneous in another inertial frame (𝑡1 ′ ≠ 𝑡2 ′ )
c. No event at all in another inertial frame
d. None of these
12 When a particle is moving with a velocity of light c relative to S, its velocity as

observed by an observer in the frame 𝑺′ is
a. c
b. 0.4c
c. 0.6c
d. 0.8c
13 Which of the following is the relativistic relationship between total energy and
momentum?
a. 𝐸 2 = 𝑝2 𝑐 2 + 𝑚0 2 𝑐 4
b. 𝐸 2 = 𝑝2 + 𝑚0 2 𝑐 4
c. 𝐸 2 = 𝑝2 /𝑐 2 + 𝑚0 2 𝑐 4
d. 𝐸 2 = 𝑝2 𝑐 2 + 𝑚0 2 𝑐 2
14 The relativistic relation between energy and momentum of a massless particle

is……
a. 𝐸 = 𝑝/𝑐
b. 𝐸 = 𝑝𝑐
c. 𝐸 = 𝑝 + 𝑐

STUDY ZONE
d. 𝐸 = 𝑝/𝑚0 𝑐
15 Which of the following is Einstein’s mass energy relation?

a. 𝐸 = 𝑐 2 /𝑚
b. 𝑚 = 𝐸𝑐 2
c. 𝐸 = 𝑚/𝑐 2
d. 𝑚 = 𝐸/𝑐 2
16 Relativistic form of Newton’s second law of motion is

𝑑𝑣
𝑎. 𝐹 = 𝑚0
𝑑𝑡
𝑑𝑣
𝑏. 𝐹 = 𝑚0 √𝟏 − 𝒗𝟐 ⁄𝒄𝟐
𝑑𝑡
𝑑𝑣
𝑐. 𝐹 = 𝑚0 {𝟏 − 𝒗𝟐 ⁄𝒄𝟐 }−3⁄2
𝑑𝑡
𝑑𝑣
𝑑. 𝐹 = 𝑚0 {𝟏 − 𝒗𝟐 ⁄𝒄𝟐 }3⁄2
𝑑𝑡
17 What is the length of a meter rod moving parallel to its length when its mass is
3/2 times of its rest mass?
a. 2/3 m
b. 3/4 m
c. 4/5 m
d. 5/6 m
18 What is the expression for relativistic kinetic energy
1
a. 𝒌 = 𝑚0 𝑐2 { }
√1−𝑣2 ⁄𝑐2
1
b. 𝒌 = 𝑚0 𝑐2 {1 − }
√1−𝑣2 ⁄𝑐2
1
c. 𝒌 = 𝑚0 𝑐2 { − 1}
√1−𝑣2 ⁄𝑐2
1
d. 𝒌 = 𝑚0 𝑐2 { + 1}
√1−𝑣2 ⁄𝑐2
19 A particle of rest mass 𝑚0 moves with speed 𝑐 ⁄√2. Total energy of the particles is
a. √8𝑚0 𝑐 2
b. (√2 − 1)𝑚0 𝑐 2
c. √2 𝑚0 𝑐 2
d. (√8 − 1)𝑚0 𝑐 2
20 A massless particle travels with

a. 2c
b. c/2
c. c
d. 4c
Where c is speed of light
21 How fast does a rocket have to move relative to an observer for its length to
be contracted to 95% of its original length?
a. 0.1c
b. 0.2c
c. 0.3c
d. 0.4c

STUDY ZONE
22 Obtain Volume of a cube, the proper length of each edge of which is 𝒍𝟎 , when
it is moving with velocity 𝒗 (𝒗~𝒄) along one of its edge.
a. 𝑉 = 𝑙0 3 /√1 − 𝑣 2 ⁄𝑐 2
b. 𝑉 = 𝑙0 3 /√1 − 𝑐 2 ⁄𝑣 2
c. 𝑉 = 𝑙0 3 √1 − 𝑐 2 ⁄𝑣 2
d. 𝑉 = 𝑙0 3 √1 − 𝑣 2 ⁄𝑐 2
23 A train has a rest length of 100 m. Traveling at a very high velocity, it goes
through a tunnel of length 80 m. Observers located at both ends of the tunnel
note that at one instant the train appears to exactly fit within the tunnel. What
is the velocity of the train expressed in units of c?
a. 0.866c
b. 0.333c
c. 0.50c
d. 0.60c
24 A particle with a lifetime of 2 X 10-6 s moves through the laboratory with a

speed of 0.9 c. It’s lifetime, as measured by an observer in the laboratory,
is……………….
a. 2 X 10-6 s
b. 3.2 X 10-6 s
c. 4.6 X 10-6 s
d. 5.4 X 10-6 s
25 The momentum of a photon having energy 10-18J is ………..

a. 3.33X10-24kgm/s
b. 3.33X10-26kgm/s
c. 3.33X10-25kgm/s
d. 3.33X10-27kgm/s
26 How fast must an electron move so that its mass equals to rest mass of
neutron?
a) 𝑣 = 2.09𝑋108 𝑚/𝑠
b) 𝑣 = 2.59𝑋108 𝑚/𝑠
c) 𝑣 = 2.99𝑋108 𝑚/𝑠
d) 𝑣 = 3.09𝑋108 𝑚/𝑠
27 Two particles approach each other with a velocity of 0.9 c. What is their relative
velocity?
a) 0.90c
b) 0.89c
c) 0.99 c
d) 0.94 c
28 Calculate the velocity of a body if its total energy is three times its rest mass
energy
a. 0.54c
b. 0.76c
c. 0.94c
c. c

STUDY ZONE
29 Energy equivalent of 1Kg mass is

a. 4.5X1035eV
b. 5.6X1035eV
c. 6.7X1035eV
d. 7.8X1035eV
30 A man leaves earth in rocket ship that makes a round trip to the nearest star
which is 8ly away at a speed of 0.8c. how much younger will he be on his
return than his twin brother who preferred to stay behind
a. 4yrs
b. 6yrs
c. 8yrs
d. 10yrs
UNIT 1: ANSWER KEY

1 d 11 b 21 c
2 d 12 a 22 d
3 c 13 a 23 d
4 c 14 b 24 c
5 a 15 d 25 d
6 b 16 c 26 c
7 b 17 a 27 c
8 c 18 c 28 c
9 b 19 c 29 b
10 b 20 c 30 c

STUDY ZONE

Engineering Physics
UNIT 2: ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELD THEORY
Q.NO. Question
1 Differential form of Gauss’s law in magneto statics is _____________
a) div B = ρ/εo
b) div B = 0
c) div B = -dB/dT
d) div B = μJ
2 Magnetic field can be produced by ___________
a) Conduction current
b) Displacement current
d) It is produced naturally.
3 In vacuum or free space, what observations are made?
a) ρ = ρo, J = 0
b) ρ = 0, J = Jo
c) ρ = 0, J = 0
d) ρ = ρo, J = Jo
4 A point charge of 10 X 10-6 C is at the centre of a cubical Gaussian surface of
sides 0.5 m. What is the flux for the surface?
a) 1.12 X 105 Nm2/C
b) 2.45 X 105 Nm2/C
c) 3.12 X 105 Nm2/C
d) 3.45 X 105 Nm2/C
5 In an electromagnetic wave, the electric field of amplitude 6.2 V/m oscillates
with a frequency of 2.4 X 1010 Hz. The Energy density of the wave is ________
a) 1.4 X 10-10J/m3
b) 2.4 X 10-10J/m3
c) 3.4 X 10-10J/m3
d) 4.4 X 10-10J/m3
6 Which of the following is the expression for the continuity equation?
a) ρ + J = 0
c) dρ/dt + J = 0
d) ρ + div J = 0
7 Equation of continuity can be obtained from which one of the following?
a) Fourth Maxwell equation
b) Third Maxwell’s equation
c) Faraday’s law of electromagnetic induction
d) Gauss’s law in magnetostatics

STUDY ZONE
8 Which of the following laws do not form a Maxwell equation?

a) Planck’s law
b) Gauss’s Law
c) Faraday’s law
d) Ampere’s Law
9 Displacement current depends on ___________
a) Moving charges
b) Change in time
c) Both moving charges and change in time
d) Neither moving charges nor change in time
10 Magnetic fields between the parallel plates of a capacitor are due to?
a) Displacement current
b) Conduction current
d) Neither conduction nor displacement current
11 Which of the following equation represents that magnetic monopole does not
exist?
𝜌
a) ∇. 𝐸 = 𝜀
0
b) ∇. 𝐻 = 0
𝜕𝐵
c) ∇XE = − 𝜕𝑡
𝜕𝐸
d) ∇XH = 𝐽 + 𝜀0
𝜕𝑡
12 Which of the following represents the displacement current?
𝜕Ф𝐸
a) 𝜀0
𝜕𝑡
𝜕𝐻
b) 𝜀0
𝜕𝑡
𝜕𝐸
c) 𝜀0
𝜕𝑡
d) 𝜀0 𝐸
13 The skin effect is a phenomenon observed in
a) Insulators
b) Dielectrics
c) Conductors
d) Semiconductors
14 The skin depth is measured in
a) Meter
b) Millimetre
c) Centimetre
d) Micro meter
15 The attenuation constant is 0.5 units. The skin depth will be
a) 0.5
b) 0.25
c) 2
d) 4
16 Calculate the skin depth of a conductor (micro meter), having a conductivity of
200 units. The wave frequency is 10 GHz in air.
a) 355.8
b) 3.558

STUDY ZONE
c) 35.58
d) 0.3558
17 Poynting vector is given by the expression
a) 𝐸⃗ 𝑋𝐻 ⃗
b) 𝐻⃗ 𝑋𝐸⃗
c) 𝐸⃗ 𝐻
⃗
d) 𝐸⃗ /𝐻⃗
18 Plane electromagnetic wave equation in free space in terms of E is
𝜕2 𝐻
a) ∇2 𝐸 − 𝜇0 𝜀0 =0
𝜕𝑥 2
𝜕2 𝐸
b) ∇2 𝐸 − 𝜇0 𝜀0 𝜕𝑡 2 = 0
𝜕2 𝐻
c) ∇2 𝐸 − 𝜇0 𝜀0 𝜕𝑡 2 = 0
d) ∇2 𝐸 = 0l
19 The relation between the skin depth and frequency is given by
a) Skin depth α f
b) Skin depth α 1/f
c) Skin depth α √f
d) Skin depth α 1/√f
20 Radiation pressure exerted by a perfect absorbing surface is
a) s/c
b) s/2c
c) 2s/c
d) s/2c
where s is pointing vector
21 The resultant electric field of two components in the x and y direction having
amplitudes 6 and 8 respectively is
a) 100
b) 36
c) 64
d) 10
22 The skin depth of the wave having a frequency of 3MHz and a velocity of 12
m/s is
a) 2
b) 3
c) 4
d) 6
23 Electromagnetic waves travelling in a medium having relative permeability μr =
1.3 and relative permittivity 𝜺r = 2.14. The speed of electromagnetic waves in
medium must be
(a) 1.8 × 108 ms-1
(b) 1.8 × 104ms1
(c) 1.8 × 106ms1
(d) 1.8 × 10² ms-1
24 𝟏
Significance of 𝝁 𝜺
√ 𝟎 𝟎
(a) speed of sound
(b) speed of ultrasonic waves

STUDY ZONE
(c) inverse of speed of light in vacuum

(d) speed of light in vacuum
25 At dc field, the displacement current density will be
a) 0
b) 1
c) Jc
d) ∞
26 Maxwell equation derived from Faraday’s law is
𝜌
a) ∇. 𝐸 =
𝜀0
b) ∇. 𝐻 = 0
𝜕𝐵
c) ∇XE = − 𝜕𝑡
𝜕𝐸
d) ∇XH = 𝐽 + 𝜀0 𝜕𝑡
27 If the magnitude of H in a plane wave is 1Amp/meter, find the value of E in free
space is………..Volt/m
a) 300
b) 477
c) 400
d) 377
28 In electromagnetic waves, the electric field will be perpendicular to which of
the following?
a) Magnetic field intensity
b) Wave propagation
c) Both H and wave direction
d) It propagates independently
29 The energy transported by the fields per unit time per unit area is called
a) Poynting Energy
b) Electro-magnetic energy
c) Poynting vector
d) Flux density
30 According to the Poynting theorem, the energy flow per unit time out of any
closed surface is ___________
a) Integral of S over the length of the surface
b) Integral of S over the area of the surface
c) Differential of S over the length of the surface
d) Differential of S over the area of the surface

STUDY ZONE
Answer key: Unit 2

Q.No. Ans Q.No. Ans
1 b 16 a
2 c 17 a
3 c 18 b
4 a 19 d
5 c 20 a
6 b 21 d
7 a 22 c
8 a 23 a
9 b 24 d
10 a 25 a
11 b 26 c
12 a 27 d
13 c 28 c
14 d 29 c
15 c 30 b

STUDY ZONE

Engineering Physics (KAS-201T)
UNIT 3: QUANTUM MECHANICS
Q.NO. Question
1 According to quantum mechanics the energy of a particle is
a. Discrete
b. Continuous
c. both (a) and(b)
d. none of these
2 Wien’s displacement law is
a. λ T= constant
b. λmax T= constant
c. λ Tmax= constant
d. λmin T= constant
3 According to Stefan’s law, radiant energy by a black body is ( T is absolute
temperature)
a. inversely proportional to T4
b. directly proportional to T4
c. directly proportional to T-4
d. inversely proportional to T5
4 According to Wien’s radiation formula energy density of radiation by a black
body is
a. directly proportional to T4
b. directly proportional to λ 4
c. inversely proportional to λ 5
d. inversely proportional to T4
5 According to Rayleigh-Jeans formula energy density of radiation by a black
body is
a. directly proportional to λ 5
b. directly proportional to T4
c. directly proportional to λ 4
d. inversely proportional to λ 4
6 A body at 1500K emits maximum energy at wavelength 20,000Å. If sun emits
maximum energy at wavelength 5500 Å, The temperature of sun would be
a. 5454 K
b.6454 K
c.5000 K
d.5400 K
7 The energy of classical oscillator of frequency 5.6x1012 at 300 K would be
a. 42x10-21 joule
b. 4.2x10-21 joule
c. 42x10-20 joule
d. 439x10-21 joule
8 Wien’s radiation law is applicable in which (wavelength) region of black body
radiation spectrum
a. longer wavelength region

STUDY ZONE
b. shorter wavelength region

c. both (a), (b)
d. none of these
9 Rayleigh-Jeans law is applicable in which (wavelength) region of black body
radiation spectrum
a. longer wavelength region
b. shorter wavelength region
c. both (a), (b)
d. none of these
10 Which of the following law in quantum mechanics can explain the complete
black body radiation spectrum
a. Rayleigh-Jeans law
b. Planck’s law
c. Wien’s law
d. none of these
11 The de Broglie wavelength λ associated with a particle of mass m moving
with velocity v is given by
𝑚
a. λ=
ℎ𝑣
𝑚𝑣
b. λ=
ℎ
𝑚𝑣
c. λ=
ℎ
ℎ
d. λ=
𝑚𝑣
12 The de-Broglie wavelength of an electron which has been accelerated from
rest through a potential difference of 400 V is
a. 0.61 Å
b.1.61 Å
c. 2 Å
d. 2.61 Å
13 The de-Broglie wavelength associated with an electron of energy 1 MeV is
a. 8.75 x 10-3 Å
b. 2.87 x 10-3 Å
c. 8.75 x 10-4 Å
d. 2.87 x 10-4 Å
14 The de-Broglie wavelength associated with a photon of energy 1 MeV is
a. 1.24 x 10-2 Å
b. 2.24 x 10-2 Å
c. 1.24 x 10-2 m
d. zero
15 According to wave mechanics, a moving material particle is associated with :
a. light wave
b. Progressive wave
c. a wave packet
d. none of these
16 The wavelength of matter wave is independent of

STUDY ZONE
a. Charge
b. Momentum
c. velocity
d. mass
17 Schrodinger's time independent wave equation for a free particle is
a. ∇2 Ψ +2m(E-V)Ψ /ħ2 = 0
b. ∇2 Ψ +2mEΨ /ħ2 = 0
c. ∇2 Ψ +2m(V-E)Ψ /ħ2 = 0
d. ∇2 Ψ +2m(E+V)Ψ /ħ2 = 0
18 Which is not the characteristics of the wave function
a. finite
b. infinite
c. continuous
d. normalized
19 Which of the following is the condition of normalization of a wave function?
a. ∫∫∫ Ι Ψ2 Ι dx.dy.dz = 0
b. ∫∫∫ Ι Ψ2 Ι dx.dy.dz = 0.5
c. ∫∫∫ Ι Ψ2 Ι dx.dy.dz = -1
d. ∫∫∫ Ι Ψ2 Ι dx.dy.dz = 1
20 Energy eigen values for a particle in one dimensional potential rigid box is
a. En=n2h/8mL2
b. En=nh2/8mL2
c. En=n2h2/8mL
d. En=n2h2/8mL2
21 The wave function for the motion of a particle in a potential well of width L is
given as ψ=A sin(nπ/L)x, what is the value of constant A is
a. √2/L
b. √1/L
c. √2/3L
d. √L/2
22 According to Max Born approximation |ψ|2 represents

a. particle density
b. energy density
c. probability density
d. charge density
23 Find the energy of an electron lowest energy state moving in one dimensional
infinitely high potential box of width 1 Å
a. 38 eV
b. 38 MeV
c. 38 Joule
d. none of these
24 Compton effect is associated with
a. gamma rays
b. β-rays
c. light rays
d. positive rays

STUDY ZONE
25 An electron is confined to move between two rigid walls separated by 10 -9

meter. Find the de-Broglie wavelength representing the lowest energy state of
the electron
a. 10 Å
b. 20 Å
c. 0 Å
d.6.67 Å
26 The radius of the first Bohr orbit in hydrogen atom is 0.53 x 10-10 meter. Find
the velocity of the electron in that orbit using de-Broglie theory.
a. 2.18 x 106 m/s
b. 2.18 x 105 m/s
c. 2.18 x 104 m/s
d. 2.18 x 107 m/s
27 Which one is Compton effect
a. Δλ=h(1+cosθ)/mec
b. Δλ=h(1-cosθ)/mec2
c. Δλ=h(1-cosθ)/mec
d. Δλ=h2(1-cosθ)/mec
28 The energy of the recoil electron in Compton effect is equal to
a. energy of incident photon
b. energy of scattered photon
c. energy difference between incident and scattered photon
d. none of these
29 What is the maximum Compton shift observed in Compton effect
a. 0.05 Å
b. 0.5 Å
c. 5 Å
d. 0.005 Å
30 X- Ray of wavelength 1.0ᵡ10-11 meter are allowed to fall on graphite scatterer.
The wavelength of the scattered radiation in a certain direction is found to be
1.11ᵡ10-11 meter. Find the direction of the scattered photon.
a. 560 38’
b. 590 38’
c. 540 38’
d. 500 38’

STUDY ZONE
UNIT 3: ANSWER KEY

Q.No. Ans Q.No. Ans
1 a 16 a
2 b 17 b
3 b 18 b
4 c 19 d
5 d 20 d
6 a 21 a
7 b 22 c
8 b 23 a
9 a 24 a
10 b 25 b
11 d 26 a
12 a 27 c
13 a 28 c
14 a 29 a
15 c 30 a

STUDY ZONE

Engineering Physics: KAS201T
UNIT 4: MODERN OPTICS
Q.NO. Question
1 Phase difference between the interfering rays in constructive interference is
a. 2nπ
b. (2n+1)π
c. (2n-1)π
d. none of these
2 Relation between path difference ∆ and phase difference δ is
a. ∆=(λ/2π) δ
b. ∆=(λ/π) δ
c. δ=(λ/2π) ∆
d. δ=λ/2
3 When a light ray is reflected from a denser medium there will be an additional
path change of
a. 0
b. λ
c. λ/2
d. λ/3
4 When Two waves of same amplitude add constructively, the intensity become
a. half
b. double
c. four times
d. same
5 In reflected light, an excessively thin film will appear

a. bright
b. dark
c. coloured
d. not visible
6 The expression for maxima in thin film due to reflected system is:
a. 2μtcosr=nλ
b. 2μtcosr=(n+2)λ
c. 2μtcosr=(2n+1)λ
d. 2μtcosr=(2n±1)λ/2
7 The expression for fringe width due to wedge shaped thin film is
a. β= λ/μθ
b. β=2 λ/μθ
c. β= λ/μ

STUDY ZONE
d. β= λ/2μθ
8 In Newton’s rings experiment, the diameters of bright rings (reflected system) is

proportional to:
a. √(2n±1)
b. √(n±1)
c. √(n)
d. √(2n±2)
9 In Newton’s rings experiment, if air film is replaced by liquid film then diameters
of rings is
a. remains same
b. increases
c. decreases
d. will become zero
10 For a thin film of uniform thickness t and refractive index μ, surrounded by air on
both sides, the path difference in reflected light is
a. 2μtcosr±λ
b. 2μtcosr
c. 2μtcosr±λ/2
d. 2μtcosr±3λ/2
11 In Newton’s ring experiment the order of dark ring which has double the
diameter of 20th dark ring is…….
a. 20
b. 40
c. 60
d. 80
12 in newton's ring experiment the ratio of 5th bright ring to the diameter of first
bright ring is *
a. 2:1
b. 5:1
c. 7:1
d. 3:1
13 In newton’s ring experiment, the diameter of 8th dark band is 3cm, the diameter
of second dark band is
a. 0.5cm
b. 1cm
c. 1.5cm
d. 2cm

STUDY ZONE
14 If a thin film of thickness t and refractive index μ is illuminated with monochromatic

light of wavelength λ, the minimum thickness of the film that will appear dark in
reflected light is …
a. λ/cosr
b. λ/2μcosr
c. λ/4μcosr
d. λ/μcosr
15 Intensity of first secondary maxima is ……….% of the intensity of central maxima

in Fraunhofer’s diffraction at a single slit
a. 4.5
b. 16.2
c. 1.62
d. 45
16 If the first minimum intensity in a single slit Fraunhofer’s diffraction is formed at
45⁰, when illuminated with light of wavelength λ, the slit width is
a. 𝜆
b. √𝜆
c. √2𝜆
d. 𝜆/√2
17 What is the angle of diffraction for principle maxima in single slit diffraction?
a. 0°
b. 30°
c. 45°
d. 60°
18 If the fifth order maxima in the diffraction pattern of wavelength 4000Å coincides
with fourth maxima in the diffraction pattern of unknown wavelength, the unknown
wavelength is……………..Å
a. 3000Å
b. 4000Å
c. 5000Å
d. 6000Å
19 If a is the slit width and b is width of opaque space and W is width of a diffraction
grating, the number of lines per unit length are
1
a. (𝑎+𝑏)
𝑊
b.
(𝑎+𝑏)
c. (𝑎 + 𝑏)𝑊
d. (𝑎 + 𝑏)
20 Condition of principal maxima in diffraction grating is
a. (𝑎)𝑠𝑖𝑛𝜃 = 𝑛𝜆
b. (𝑎 + 𝑏)𝑠𝑖𝑛𝜃 = 𝑛𝜆
c. 𝑁(𝑎 + 𝑏)𝑠𝑖𝑛𝜃 = 𝑛𝜆
d. (𝑎 + 𝑏)𝑠𝑖𝑛𝜃 = 𝑁𝑛𝜆

STUDY ZONE
21 In a diffraction grating, if N is Number of slit, the intensity of principal maxima is

………..times the intensity of single slit
a. 𝑁 3
b. 𝑁
c. 𝑁/2
d. 𝑁 2
22 A diffraction grating contains 10,000 lines. There will be …………minimas between

two adjacent principal maximas
a. 10,000
b. 9,999
c. 9,998
d. 10,001
23 The width of a line in a diffraction grating is 2𝑋10−4 𝑐𝑚. Second order principal
maxima is observed at an angle of 30⁰.the wavelength of light is
a. 4000Å
b. 5000Å
c. 6000Å
d. 7000Å
24 If the width of slit is equal to the width of opaque part in a diffraction grating, then
principal maxima of which order will be missing from spectra
a. 1
b. 2
c. 3
d. 5
25 If the maximum order of principal maxima visible with a diffraction grating is 2, how
many principal maximas will be seen?
a. 3
b. 4
c. 5
d. 6
26 If 𝜆1 = 4000Å and 𝜆2 = 6000Å are incident on a grating which orders (𝑛1 & 𝑛2 ) of
principal maxima of two wavelengths will overlap?
a. 𝑛1 = 0, 𝑛2 = 1
b. 𝑛1 = 0, 𝑛2 = 0
c. 𝑛1 = 2, 𝑛2 = 3
d. 𝑛1 = 0, 𝑛2 = 0 & 𝑛1 = 3, 𝑛2 = 2
27 Absent spectra depend upon …………

a. Relation between slit width and opaque space
b. Total number of lines on grating
c. Angle of diffraction
d. None of these
28 If 𝜆1 and 𝜆2 are two wavelengths incident on a grating such that 𝜆1 > 𝜆2 and 𝜃1 and
𝜃2 are the angles at which central maxima are formed, then
a. 𝜃1 > 𝜃2

STUDY ZONE
b. 𝜃1 < 𝜃2
c. 𝜃1 = 𝜃2
d. None of these
29 Which of the following orders cannot be absent in the diffraction pattern of any
grating?
a. 0
b. 1
c. 2
d. 0&1
30 If N be the total number of rulings on a grating, n is the order of spectrum and λ is
the wavelength of light used, then the resolving power of grating is given by
a. nNλ
b. (nN+1)λ
c. nN
d. n/N
UNIT 4: ANSWER KEY

1 A 11 d 21 d
2 A 12 d 22 b
3 c 13 c 23 b
4 c 14 b 24 b
5 b 15 a 25 c
6 d 16 c 26 d
7 d 17 a 27 a
8 a 18 c 28 c
9 c 19 b 29 d
10 c 20 b 30 c

STUDY ZONE

Engineering Physics
UNIT 5: LASER AND FIBER OPTICS
Q.NO. Question
1 Multimode step index fiber has ___________
2 In a single mode fibre, the diameter of the core is nearly equal to……..𝜇𝑚
a) 125
b) 100
c) 10
d) 50
3 Multimode step index fiber has a large core diameter of range is ___________
a) 100 to 300 μm
b) 100 to 300 nm
c) 200 to 500 μm
d) 200 to 500 nm
4 In an optical fibre if 𝜇1 is refractive index of core and 𝜇2 is the refractive index of
cladding, then the critical angle beyond which light will be accepted by fibre is:
𝜇
a) 𝑖𝐶 = sin−1 ( 𝜇 1 )
2
𝜇
b) 𝑖𝐶 = sin−1 ( 𝜇 2 )
1
c) 𝑖𝐶 = 90֯
d) 𝑖𝐶 = sin−1 ( 𝜇2 )
5 In an optical fibre Which phenomena is responsible for carrying information from
transmitter to receiver?
a) Compton’s effect
b) Total internal reflection
c) Photoelectric effect
d) Planck’s radiation law
6 Numerical aperture of an optical fibre depends upon
a) acceptance angle
b) core diameter
c) cladding diameter
d) None of these
7 Multimode graded index fibers have overall buffer jackets same as multimode step
index fibers but have core diameters ___________
8 Which of the following is correct?

STUDY ZONE
a) cladding is for providing greater strength

b) core refractive index is greater than cladding
c) cladding has a greater refractive index than core
d) cladding has a variable refractive index.
9 In single mode fibers, which is the most beneficial index profile?
a) Step index
b) Graded index
d) Coaxial cable
10 A glass fibre has a core refractive index of 1.5 and cladding refractive index of 1.45.
What is Numerical Aperture?
a) 0.38
b) 0.25
c) 0.72
d) 0.49
11 Single mode fibers allow single mode propagation; the cladding diameter must be at
least ___________
a) Twice the core diameter
b) Thrice the core diameter
c) Five times the core diameter
d) Ten times the core diameter
12 For a single mode optical fibre V-Number or Normalized frequency parameter is :
a) 𝑉 = 0
b) 𝑉 < 2.405
c) 𝑉 > 2.405
d) none of these
13 A step index fibre has V-Number 25, what are number of modes supported by such
type of fibre
a) 200
b) 227
c) 312
d) 432
14 In multimode step index optical fibres, difference in the refractive index of core and
cladding is
a) very small
b) very large
c) zero
d) sometimes low and sometimes high
15 What is the full form of LASER?
a) Light Absorbent and Stimulated Emission of Radiations
b) Light Absorbing Solar Energy Resource
c) Light Amplification by Stimulated Emission of Radiations
d) Light Amplification of Singular Emission of Radiations
16 In Stimulated Absorption, what is the lifetime of atoms ground state?
a) 1 second
b) 1 minute
c) 1 hour
d) Infinity
17 Emitted radiation is incoherent in……….
a) stimulated absorption

STUDY ZONE
b) stimulated emission
c) spontaneous emission
d) all the above
18 Which of the following is not a characteristic of LASERS?
a) Monochromatic
b) Coherent
c) Divergent
d) Intense
19 Laser is used in LIDAR for what purpose?
a) High-Speed Photography
b) Range finder
c) Optical Carrier signal
d) Drilling
20 The output of a laser has pulse duration of 30 ms and average output power of 1 W
per pulse. How much energy is released per pulse if wavelength is 6600 Å?
a) 0.001 J
b) 0.002 J
c) 0.003 J
d) 0.004 J
21 Einstein’s relation between Einstein’s coefficients is :
𝐴21 8𝜋ℎ
a) =
𝐵21 𝑐3
𝐴21 8𝜋ℎ𝛾2
b) =
𝐵21 𝑐3
𝐴21 8𝜋ℎ𝛾3
c) =
𝐵21 𝑐3
𝐴21 8𝜋𝛾3
d) =
𝐵21 𝑐3
22 For an ordinary light source, the coherence time t = 10 -10 s. The degree of
Monochromaticity for a wavelength of 6000 Å is ___________
a) 0.1 X 10-4
b) 0.2 X 10-4
c) 0.3 X 10-4
d) 0.4 X 10-4
23 What is the output wavelength of Ruby laser?
a) 5045Å
b) 6943Å
c) 7809 Å
d) 9080 Å
24 The information carrying capacity of laser is enormous due its large _________
a) Coherence
b) Bandwidth
c) Directionality
d) Intensity
25 What is the region enclosed by the optical cavity called?
a) Optical Region
b) Optical System
c) Optical box

STUDY ZONE
26 Output of He-Ne laser is………………

a) zero
b) Pulse mode
c) Continuous mode
d) in the forms of spikes
27 Which of the following is an example of optical pumping?
a) Ruby laser
d) Dye laser
28 Calculate the number of photons, from green light of mercury (ʎ = 4961 Å), required
to do one joule of work.
a) 4524.2×1018/m3
b) 2.4961×1018/m3
c) 2.4961/m3
d) 2.4961/m
29 What is the need to achieve population inversion?
30 Which of the following is a four-level laser?
a) Helium neon laser
b) Ruby laser
c) Semiconductor diode laser
c) LED
UNIT 5: ANSWER KEY
Q.No. Ans Q.No. Ans
1 a 16 d
2 c 17 c
3 a 18 c
4 b 19 b
5 b 20 c
6 a 21 c
7 b 22 b
8 b 23 b
9 b 24 b
10 a 25 d
11 d 26 c
12 b 27 a
13 c 28 b
14 b 29 a
15 c 30 a
PREPARED BY:
DR. BANDANA SHARMA
MR. VIKAS RATHI
DR. ABHISHEK PATHAK

Physics All MCQS' in 1 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Physics All MCQS' in 1 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

STUDY ZONE

ENGINEERING PHYSICS 2020-21

CO2 Develop EM-wave equations using Maxwells equations.

CO3 Understand the concepts of quantum mechanics.

Electromagnetic Field Theory:

Fibre Optics & Laser:

Laser: Absorption of radiation, Spontaneous and stimulated emission of radiation, Einstein’s

FOR IMPORTANT NOTES TOUCH TO "!! ADITYA !!"

ENGINEERING PHYSICS 2020-21

2. Electromagnetic Field Theory: 9-13

3. Quantum Mechanics : 14-19

4. Wave Optics : 20-24

5. Fibre Optics & Laser: 25-31

FOR IMPORTANT NOTES TOUCH TO "!! ADITYA !!"

ENGINEERING PHYSICS 2020-21

FOR IMPORTANT NOTES TOUCH TO "!! ADITYA !!"

ENGINEERING PHYSICS 2020-21

Answer: Option (a) Answer: Option (a)

FOR IMPORTANT NOTES TOUCH TO "!! ADITYA !!"

ENGINEERING PHYSICS 2020-21

Answer: Option (b)

appears to the observer to be mass of electron when it is moving with

mass m0 moving with speed  is (c) E = mc 2

FOR IMPORTANT NOTES TOUCH TO "!! ADITYA !!"

ENGINEERING PHYSICS 2020-21

(c) 6.54 103 Kg (a) 1.2 m

FOR IMPORTANT NOTES TOUCH TO "!! ADITYA !!"

ENGINEERING PHYSICS 2020-21

FOR IMPORTANT NOTES TOUCH TO "!! ADITYA !!"

ENGINEERING PHYSICS 2020-21

(b) Not Invariant (b) 8.89 10 −27 Kg

FOR IMPORTANT NOTES TOUCH TO "!! ADITYA !!"

ENGINEERING PHYSICS 2020-21

FOR IMPORTANT NOTES TOUCH TO "!! ADITYA !!"

ENGINEERING PHYSICS 2020-21

4 10 −6 cos(9 10 −9 t ) A / m , (c) Algebraic

13. Maxwell’s fourth equation in medium of  0 0  2 t

FOR IMPORTANT NOTES TOUCH TO "!! ADITYA !!"

ENGINEERING PHYSICS 2020-21

(c) c = 0 /  0 22. The direction of electromagnetic wave is given

(a) 176.6  (a) Ex , By

FOR IMPORTANT NOTES TOUCH TO "!! ADITYA !!"

ENGINEERING PHYSICS 2020-21

watt 34. The energy transported by the electromagnetic

FOR IMPORTANT NOTES TOUCH TO "!! ADITYA !!"

ENGINEERING PHYSICS 2020-21

38. The high frequency current flow Answer: Option (d)

FOR IMPORTANT NOTES TOUCH TO "!! ADITYA !!"

ENGINEERING PHYSICS 2020-21

45. The skin depth of the wave having a frequency 

(a)  = 1.59 10−4 m (d) None of above

must be equal to the rate of decrease of charge Hint : Emax = c Bmax ,

within that volume 2 0 S

FOR IMPORTANT NOTES TOUCH TO "!! ADITYA !!"

ENGINEERING PHYSICS 2020-21

(b) Equal to twice the circumference of first would have been

FOR IMPORTANT NOTES TOUCH TO "!! ADITYA !!"

ENGINEERING PHYSICS 2020-21

11. The time independent Schrödinger wave a) Current density

equation is b) Volume density

Answer: Option (b)

16. According to wave mechanics, a free particle (b) Continues energies

FOR IMPORTANT NOTES TOUCH TO "!! ADITYA !!"